Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Preferred Bank

Preferred Bank

pfbc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pfbc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 323
← All annual reports
FY2007 Annual Report · Preferred Bank
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 
Washington, D.C.  20429 

FORM 10-K 

Mark One 
[x] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT 
OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 
or 

[  ] 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from ________ to ________. 

PREFERRED BANK 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

California                          

33539                       

(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

(FDIC Certificate Number) 

601 S. Figueroa Street, 29th Floor, Los Angeles, California              

(Address of principal executive offices) 

95-4340199 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

90017                 

(Zip Code) 

        Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (213) 891-1188 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class
NONE 

Name of each exchange                 

on which registered
NONE 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
Common Stock, No Par Value 
Title of class) 
(

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 

Securities Act. Yes [ ] No [x] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 

15(d) of the Act. Yes [ ] No [x] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 

15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days. Yes [x] No [ ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 or Regulation S-K is not 

contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information 
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filed, or a non-

accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
Large accelerated filed [ ]         Accelerated filer [x]         Non-accelerated filer [ ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes 

[ ] No [x] 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the 

Registrant, computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day 
of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2007) was $318,802,000. 

Number of shares of common stock of the Registrant outstanding as of March 13, 2008, was 9,776,007. 

 
 
 
 
     The following documents are incorporated by reference herein: 

Document Incorporated By Reference

Part of Form 10-K Into 
Which Incorporated

Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be 
filed 
within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 .............................................

Part III 

ii

 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

ITEM 2. 
ITEM 3. 
ITEM 4. 

PART I ........................................................................................................................................................1 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS ..................................................................................................................1
             ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS………………………………………………………………….  29 
             ITEM 1B.   UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS………………………………………….   38 
PROPERTIES ...........................................................................................................38 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .........................................................................................39 
SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS .............39 
PART II.....................................................................................................................................................40 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED   
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY 
SECURITIES ............................................................................................................40 
ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ............................................................................44 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL 

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS .................................................46 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES OF MARKET 

RISKS........................................................................................................................70 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA..........................71 

ITEM 8. 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ...............................................71 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES .........................................................................71 
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION.........................................................................................74 
PART III ...................................................................................................................................................75 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT................75 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DISCLOSURE...................................................75 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 

MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS........................75 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND 

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE................................................................................76 
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ..........................................76 
PART IV ...................................................................................................................................................77 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES...................................77 
SIGNATURES........................................................................................................................................110 

-i- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

Certain matters discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may constitute forward-looking 

statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) 
and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and as such, 
may involve risks and uncertainties.  These forward-looking statements relate to, among other things, 
expectations of the environment in which the Bank operates and projections of future performance.  The 
Bank’s actual results, performance, or achievements may differ significantly from the results, performance, 
or achievements expected or implied in such forward-looking statements.  For discussion of some of the 
factors that might cause such differences, see “Item 1. BUSINESS - Risk Factors That May Affect Future 
Results.” 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

General  

We are one of the largest independent commercial banks in California focusing on the Chinese-

American market. We consider the Chinese-American market to encompass individuals born in the United 
States of Chinese ancestry, ethnic Chinese who have immigrated to the United States and ethnic Chinese 
who live abroad but conduct business in the United States. 

We commenced operations in December 1991 as a California state-chartered bank in Los 

Angeles, California with initial capital of $20 million.  Our deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation. At December 31, 2007, total assets were $1.5 billion, loans and leases were $1.2 
billion, deposits were $1.3 billion and shareholders’ equity was $153 million. Net income per share on a 
diluted basis was $2.50 for the year ended December 31, 2007 as compared to $2.21 per share for the year 
ended December 31, 2006.   

We provide personalized deposit services as well as real estate finance, commercial loans and 

trade finance to small and mid-sized businesses and their owners, entrepreneurs, real estate developers and 
investors, professionals and high net worth individuals. We believe we have benefited, and will continue to 
benefit from the significant migration to Southern California of ethnic Chinese from China and other areas 
of East Asia. We estimate that at December 31, 2007, approximately 54% of our non-governmental 
deposits and 20% of our loans were with customers from the Chinese-American market. While our 
business is not solely dependent on the Chinese-American market, it represents an important element of 
our operating strategy, especially for our branch network and deposit products and services. 

During the third quarter of 2007, Preferred Bank established a new subsidiary, PB Investment and 
Consulting, Inc. The purpose of this subsidiary is to operate a Representative Office for Preferred Bank in 
Taipei, Taiwan. This office’s primary function is to coordinate banking services to customers of Preferred 
Bank in Taiwan. The new subsidiary has been funded with $30,000 in initial capital.  

Our main office is located at 601 S. Figueroa Street, 29th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017 and our 

telephone number is (213) 891-1188. Our internet address is www.preferredbank.com. On our Investor 
Relations website, which can be accessed through www.preferredbank.com, we post the following filings 
as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation: our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on 
Form 8-K, our proxy statement related to our annual stockholders’ meeting and any amendments to those 
reports or statements filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934. All such filings on our Investor Relations website are available free of charge. The reference to 
our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained in the 
website and should not be considered part of this document. A copy of our Code of Personal and Business 
Conduct, including any amendments thereto or waivers thereof and Board Committee Charters can also be 
accessed on our website. We will provide, at no cost, a copy of our Code of Personal and Business 

1 

 
 
 
Conduct and Board Committee Charters upon request by phone or in writing at the above phone number or 
address, attention: Edward J. Czajka, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. 

Our Customers 

We provide a range of deposit and loan products and services to customers primarily within the 

following categories: 

•  Real Estate Finance—consisting of investors and developers within the real estate industry 

and of owner-occupied properties in Southern California. We do not typically provide single-
family residential mortgages. We provide construction loans and mini-permanent (“mini-
perm”) loans for residential, commercial, industrial and other income producing properties. A 
portion of our real estate loans are to borrowers who are also international trade finance 
customers. 

•  Middle Market Business—consisting of manufacturing, service and distribution companies 

with annual sales of approximately $5 million to $100 million and with borrowing 
requirements of up to approximately $12 million. We offer a range of lending products to 
customers in this market, including working capital loans, equipment financing and 
commercial real estate loans. Additionally, we provide a full range of deposit products and 
related services including safe deposit boxes, account reconciliation, courier service and cash 
management services.  

• 

International Trade Finance—consisting of importers and exporters based in the U.S. 
requiring both borrowing and operational products. We offer a full range of products to 
international trade finance customers, including commercial and standby letters of credit, 
acceptance financing, documentary collections, foreign draft collections, international wires 
and foreign exchange. 

•  Private Banking—consisting of wealthy individuals residing in the Pacific Rim area with 

residences, real estate investments or businesses in Southern California. We offer all of our 
banking products and services to this segment through our multi-lingual team of professionals 
knowledgeable in the business environment and financial affairs of Pacific Rim countries. We 
believe our language capabilities provide us with a competitive advantage. 

•  Professionals—consisting generally of physicians, accountants, attorneys, business managers 
and other professionals. We provide specialized personal banking services to customers in 
this segment including courier service, several types of specialized deposit accounts and 
personal and business loans as well as lines of credit. 

•  We provide a fully operating traditional internet banking system with bill pay services for 

these customers. 

Our Market 

From our main office in downtown Los Angeles, California and 11 full-service branch banking 

offices in Los Angeles and Orange Counties. We market our services and conduct our business primarily in 
Los Angeles, Orange, Ventura, Riverside and San Bernardino counties.  

We believe that Chinese-Americans continue to be the largest Asian ethnic group in Los Angeles 
County. According to the U.S. Census 2000, between 1990 and 2000, the Chinese-American population in 
the United States grew by approximately 48% with 40% of all Chinese-Americans living in California. 
During this same period, it is estimated that the Chinese-American population in Los Angeles grew by 
34%. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, as of 2000, there were over 450,000 Chinese-Americans living 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
in the three counties served by Preferred Bank which represented 41% of all Chinese-Americans in 
California. 

We believe that continuing consolidation of banks generally in Southern California, and among 
the banks serving the Chinese-American market in particular, has created an underserved market of small 
and mid-sized businesses, real estate developers and investors and high net worth depositors that we can 
continue to attract as customers. 

We believe we are well positioned to compete effectively with the Chinese-American community 

banks, the larger commercial banks and major publicly listed and foreign bank-owned Chinese banks 
operating in Southern California by offering the following: 

• 

• 

deposit and cash management services to high net worth depositors with a high degree of 
personal service and responsiveness; 

an experienced, multi-lingual management team and staff who have an understanding of 
Asian markets and cultures who we believe can provide sophisticated credit solutions faster, 
more efficiently and with a higher degree of personal service than what is provided by our 
competition; and 

• 

loan products to customers requiring credit of a size in excess of what can be provided by our 
smaller competitors. 

Our Strategy 

We strive to continue operating as a high performing community bank for the long-term benefit of 
our shareholders, customers and employees. The key elements of our growth and operating strategy are to: 

Growth Strategies 

•  Expand our franchise by establishing new branches in Southern California. We may open 

additional branches by the end of 2008. 

•  Expand our commercial lending relationships in an effort to increase our noninterest-bearing 
deposit accounts and our noninterest income. We expect to enhance our commercial loan 
portfolio by expanding existing customer relationships, as well as by devoting additional 
marketing resources to the Chinese-American and main stream business community in 
Southern California. 

•  Expand our portfolio of products and services to high net worth customers who we believe 
prefer to address their deposit and credit needs in a personal manner with experienced, 
efficient and service-oriented bank officers. 

•  Hire and retain experienced and qualified employees to support our planned expansion of our 

business activities. 

Operating Strategies 

•  Maintain high asset quality independent of production goals by continuing to utilize rigorous 

loan underwriting standards and credit risk management policies. 

•  Access capital markets as needed and enhance our equity-based compensation programs 

through the increased liquidity provided by being a public company. 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
• 

Increase revenue opportunities by increasing our investments in higher yielding floating rate 
loans and investment securities and reducing the percentage of our investments in federal 
funds sold and other overnight investments. 

• 

Increase our operating leverage by: 

• 

• 

expanding sources of funding in addition to deposits to fund our loan and securities 
portfolios, such as borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank system; and 

changing the mix of our securities and loan portfolios to reduce the effect of regulatory 
asset risk weighting consistent with our yield parameters to permit additional asset 
growth without requiring additional capital. 

Our Lending Activities 

We originate a variety of types of loans, most of which fall into the following four categories: 

•  Real estate mini-perm loans; 

•  Real estate construction loans; 

•  Commercial loans; and 

•  Trade finance. 

In addition to these loan types, we make a small amount of consumer loans principally as an 

accommodation to our business customers. We also utilize our relationships within the banking industry to 
purchase and sell participations in loans that meet our underwriting criteria. As of December 31, 2007, we 
had a total of $260.7 million in purchased loans and $25.4 million in loans that we sold. The purchased 
loans were accounted for in accordance with the Accounting Standards Executive Committee (AcSEC) 
Statement of Position (SOP) 03-3. We manage our loan portfolio to provide for an adequate return, but also 
to provide a diversification of risk. 

We originate our loans from our eleven banking offices in Los Angeles, Orange, and San 
Bernardino counties. For mini-perm and construction loans, we rely on referrals from existing clients who 
are real estate investors and developers as well as internal business development efforts.  For our 
commercial and trade finance lending, we seek referrals from existing banking clients as well as referrals 
from professionals, such as certified public accountants, attorneys and business managers. 

At December 31, 2007, 84% of our loans carried interest rates that adjust with changes in the 

Prime Rate, 14% carried interest rates tied to LIBOR or other indices and 2% carried a fixed rate. 
Approximately 37% of our loan portfolio has an interest rate floor.  

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth information regarding our four major loan categories: 

Real Estate Mini Perm 
Portfolio size 
Number of loans 
Average loan size 
Average LTV(1)
Average DCR(2)
Weighted average rate 

Real Estate Construction 
Portfolio size 
Number of loans 
Average loan size 
Average LTV(1)
Average DCR(2)
Weighted average rate 

Commercial Loans 
Portfolio size 
Number of loans 
Average loan size 
Weighted average rate 

Trade Finance 
Portfolio size 
Number of loans 
Average loan size 
Weighted average rate 

At December 31, 2007 

(Dollars in thousands) 

     $     518,304 
                   207 
     $         2,504 
                54.28% 
                  1.54x 
                  8.06% 

    $     366,706 
                  103 
    $         3,560 
               59.46% 
                  1.26x 
                 8.27% 

    $     255,912 
                  498 
    $            514 
                 7.46% 

    $       91,565 
                  186 
    $            492 
                  7.33% 

(1)  Average loan-to-value, or LTV, is calculated based upon a weighted average of outstanding principal loan 

balances (for mini-perm loans) or commitment (for construction loans) divided by the most recent third party 
appraisal reports. Third party appraisal reports are only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the 
appraisal is made. 

(2)  Average debt coverage ratio, or DCR, is calculated based upon the net operating income of the property divided 

by the debt service.  

We had 207 loans with outstanding principal balances between $1 million to $5 million, 47 loans 

with outstanding balances between $5 million and $10 million, and 21 loans over $10 million as of 
December 31, 2007. 

Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans 

Real estate mini-perm loans secured by retail, office and residential multi-family properties have 

been the fastest growing segment of our loan portfolio and comprise 42% of our loan portfolio as of 
December 31, 2007. We believe the primary reason for this growth is strong demand for commercial and 
residential multi-family real estate in Southern California. We seek diversification through maintaining a 
broad base of borrowers and monitoring our exposure to various property types. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the breakdown of our real estate mini-perm portfolio by property 

type:  

Property Type

Commercial/Office 
Industrial 
Retail 
Apartment 4+ 
Residential 1-4 
Land/Special purpose 
Total 

At December 31, 2007 

Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

64,450 
76,968 
61,512 
68,493 
56,635 
              190,246
              518,304 

$

$

Percentage of Loans in 
Each Category in Total 
Loan Portfolio 

                 5.23% 
                  6.24 
                  4.99 
                  5.55 
                  4.59 
                15.43
                42.03% 

The following table sets forth the maturity of our real estate mini-perm loan portfolio: 

1-Year 

2-Years 

Less than 

3-Years 

4-Years 

5-Years 

5-Years 

Balance 

  More Than 

Total Outstanding 

At December 31, 2007 

(In thousands) 

$268,018 

$83,377 

$40,001 

$31,974 

$53,866 

$41,068 

$518,304 

Loan Origination. The loan origination process for mini-perm loans begins with a loan officer 

collecting preliminary property information and financial data from a prospective borrower. After a 
preliminary deal sheet is prepared and approved by management, the loan officer collects the necessary 
third party reports such as appraisals, credit reports, environmental assessments and preliminary title 
reports as well as detailed financial information. We utilize third party appraisers from an appraiser list 
approved by our Board of Directors’ loan committee. From that list, appraisers for loans under $1.2 million 
are selected by the individual loan officer, appraisers for loans between $1.2 million and $3.0 million are 
selected by the loan officer with the concurrence of the Chief Credit Officer and appraisers for loans over 
$3.0 million are selected by the Chief Credit Officer. 

All appraisals for loans over $1.2 million are reviewed by an additional outside appraiser. 

Appraisals for loans under that amount are reviewed by internal staff. A credit memorandum is then 
prepared by summarizing all third party reports and preparing an analysis of the adequacy of primary and 
secondary repayment sources; namely the property DCR and LTV as well as the outside financial strength 
and cash flow of the borrower or guarantor(s). This completed credit memorandum is then submitted to an 
officer or committee having the appropriate authority for approval. For further information on our different 
levels of authority, see “—Loan Authorizations” below. 

Once a loan is approved by the appropriate authority level, loan documents are drawn by our note 

department, which also funds the loan when approval conditions are met. On larger, relatively complex 
transactions, loan documents are prepared or reviewed by outside legal counsel. 

Underwriting Standards. Our principal underwriting standards for real estate mini-perm loans are 

as follows: 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Maximum LTV of 70%-75%, depending on the property type. However, our practice is to 

lend at more conservative levels. 

•  Minimum DCR of 1.2-1.25, depending on the property type. 

•  Requirements of personal guarantees from the principals of the closely-held entity. 

Monitoring. We monitor our mini-perm portfolio in different ways. First, on loans over $2 
million, we conduct site inspections and gather rent rolls and operating statements on the subject properties 
at least annually. Using this information, we evaluate a given property’s ability to service present payment 
requirements, and we perform “stress-testing” to evaluate the property’s ability to service debt at higher 
debt levels. Second, on an annual basis, we request updated financial information from our borrowers 
and/or guarantors to monitor their financial capacity. 

The vast majority of our mini-perm loans carry a five year maturity. However, it has been our 

practice to renew these loans for additional five-year periods based on a satisfactory payment record and an 
updated underwriting profile. 

Real Estate Construction 

We are an active construction lender with construction loans comprising 29.7% of the total loan 

portfolio as of December 31, 2007. Construction loans are typically short-term loans of up to 18 months for 
the purpose of funding the costs of constructing a building. Outstanding construction loans by property 
type are summarized as follows: 

Property Type

Commercial/Office 
Retail 
Industrial 
For sale attached residential 
For sale detached residential 
Apartment 
Land/Special purpose 
Total 

At December 31, 2007 

Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 

$ 

41,245 
24,409 
8,533 
162,110 
46,686 
72,141 
             11,582
           366,706 

Percentage of Loans in 
Each Category in Total 
Loan Portfolio 

                 3.34% 
                 1.98 
                 0.69 
               13.15 
                 3.79 
                 5.85 
                 0.94
               29.74% 

Loan Origination. The origination process for construction loans is identical to our real estate 

mini-perm origination process described above under “—Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans—Loan 
Origination,” but with an additional step. We generally require a third party review of the developer’s 
proposed building costs. 

Underwriting Standards. Our underwriting standards for construction loans are identical to those 

described above under “—Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans—Underwriting Standards.” For the for-sale-
housing projects, however, the DCR requirement is not applicable. In addition, we require that the 
construction loan applicant have proven experience in the type of project we are considering. Finally, 
notwithstanding the maximum 70%-75% LTV discussed above under “—Real Estate Mini-Perm Loans—
Underwriting Standards,” we generally require a maximum 70% LTV for construction loans. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                  
 
 
 
 
Monitoring. The monitoring of construction loans is accomplished under the supervision of our 

Chief Credit Officer. We engage third-party inspectors to report on the percentage of project completion as 
well as to evaluate whether the project is proceeding at an acceptable pace. The third-party inspector also 
recommends whether we should approve or disapprove disbursement request amounts. The third-party 
inspector produces monthly reports on each project that contain the evaluation and recommendation for 
each project. The Chief Credit Officer reviews each report and makes a final determination regarding the 
disbursement requests. All approved disbursements are funded by the centralized note department. 

Commercial Loans 

We offer a variety of commercial loan products including lines of credit for working capital, term 
loans for capital expenditures and commercial and stand-by letters of credit. As of December 31, 2007, we 
had $255.9 million of commercial loans outstanding, which represented 20.8% of the overall loan 
portfolio. Lines of credit typically have a 12 month commitment and are secured by the borrower’s assets. 
In cases of larger commitments, an updated certificate from the borrower may be required to determine 
eligibility at the time of any given advance. Term loans seldom exceed 60 months, but in no case exceed 
the depreciable life of the tangible asset being financed. 

Loan Origination. A commercial loan begins with a loan officer obtaining preliminary financial 
information from the borrower and guarantors and summarizing the loan request in a deal sheet. The deal 
sheet is then reviewed by senior management and/or those who have the loan authority to approve the 
credit. Following preliminary approval, the loan officer undertakes a formal underwriting analysis, 
including third party credit reports and asset verifications. From this information and analysis, a credit 
memorandum is prepared and submitted to an officer or committee having the appropriate approval 
authority for review. After approval, the note department prepares loan documentation reflecting the 
conditions of approval and funds the loan when those conditions are met. 

Underwriting Standards. Our underwriting standards for commercial loans are designed to 

identify, measure, and quantify the risk inherent in these types of credits. Our underwriting process and 
standards help us identify the primary and secondary repayment sources. The following are our major 
underwriting guidelines: 

•  Cash flow is our primary underwriting criteria. We require a minimum 1.5:1 DCR for our 

commercial loans. We also review trends in the borrower’s sales levels, gross profit and 
expenses. 

•  We evaluate the borrower’s financial statements to determine whether a given borrower’s 

balance sheet provides for appropriate levels of equity and working capital. 

•  Since most of our borrowers are closely held companies, we require the principals to 

guarantee the company debt. Our underwriting process, therefore, includes an evaluation of 
the guarantor’s net worth, income and credit history. Where circumstances warrant, we may 
require guarantees be secured by collateral (generally with real estate). 

•  Where there is a reliance on the accounts receivable and inventory of a company, we evaluate 

their condition, which may include third party onsite audits. 

Monitoring. For those borrowers whose credit availability is tied to a formula based on advances 

as a percentage of accounts receivable and inventory (typically ranging from 40%-80% and from 0%-50%, 
respectively), we review monthly borrowing base certificates for both availability and turnover trends. 
Periodically, we also conduct third party onsite audits, the frequency of which is dependent on the 
individual borrower. On a quarterly basis, we monitor the financial performance of a borrower by 
analyzing the borrower’s financial statements for compliance with financial covenants. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
Trade Finance Credits 

Our trade finance portfolio totaled $91.6 million, or approximately 7% of our total loan portfolio 

as of December 31, 2007. Of this amount, virtually all loans were made to U.S. based importers who are 
also our current borrowers or depositors. We also provide standby letters of credit and foreign exchange 
services to our clients. Our new trade finance credit relationships result from contacts and relationships 
with existing clients, CPAs and trade facilitators such as customs brokers. In many cases, the ability to 
generate new trade finance business is also a result of cultivated social contacts and extended family. 

We offer the following services to importers: 

•  Commercial letters of credit; 

• 

Import lines of credit; 

•  Documentary collections; 

• 

International wire transfers; and 

•  Acceptances/trust receipt financing. 

We offer the following services to exporters: 

•  Export letters of credit; 

•  Export finance; 

•  Documentary collections; 

•  Bills purchase program; and 

• 

International wire transfers. 

Loan Origination. Our trade finance origination process is equivalent to our commercial loan 

process. Since we lend only to U.S. based companies, our due diligence process is equivalent to that of our 
commercial loan process with an emphasis on evaluating and verifying the assets of the borrowers and 
principals. 

Underwriting Standards. Trade finance underwriting standards are based on our commercial loan 

standards. Typically, these loans are secured by receivables and inventories with advance rates similar to 
that of commercial loans. In many cases, we also require real estate or cash as partial collateral to further 
enhance our collateral position. However, in underwriting these credits, we also analyze the borrower’s 
working capital requirements with a greater focus on the trade cycle and seasonality of the inventory being 
imported. Often an importer needs to order product months in advance, which requires us to structure the 
credit to accommodate the issuance of letters of credit early in the season and to carry accounts receivable 
after shipping. 

Monitoring. We monitor trade finance credits by reviewing monthly borrowing base certificates of 
accounts receivable and inventory for both availability and turnover trends and tracking loan covenants on 
a quarterly basis. To supplement our review of borrowing bases, we utilize the services of third party 
accounts receivable and inventory auditors for certain credits. Finally, it is accepted trade finance practice 
to fund the payment of letters of credit on a “tenor” basis. That means that an advance under the trade 
finance line has a maturity (commonly 90 days). This serves as a self-monitoring mechanism because a 
matured and unpaid advance is a possible indicator of poor accounts receivable and/or inventory turnover. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
Loan Concentrations 

As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the concentration of loans secured by real estate in our total 
loan portfolio was approximately 72% and 71%, respectively. A substantial decline in the performance of 
the economy in general, or a decline in real estate values in the Bank’s primary market areas, in particular, 
could have an adverse impact on collectability, increase the level of real estate-related non-performing 
loans or have other adverse effects which alone or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Our real estate loans by type of collateral are as follows: 

Property Type

Commercial/Office 
Retail(1)
Industrial 
1-4 family 
Multi-family 
Land/Special purpose(2)
Total 

At December 31, 2007 

Amount 
(Dollars in Thousands) 

  $ 

  $ 

105,695 
85,921 
85,501 
265,431 
140,634 
            201,828
            885,010 

Percentage of Loans 
in Each Category in 
Total Loan Portfolio 

             8.57% 
             6.97 
             6.93 
           21.53 
           11.40 
           16.37
           71.77% 

Includes shopping centers, strip malls or stand-alone properties which house retailers. 

(1) 
(2)  Examples, other than land, include hospitality and self-storage. 

To manage the risks inherent in this concentration in our loan portfolio, we have adopted a 
number of policies and procedures. Below is a list of the maximum loan-to-values used that must be met at 
loan origination, however, in practice, we rarely originate loans at loan-to-value ratios that are this high. 

Collateral Type

Occupied 1-4 
Unimproved land 
Land development 
Improved properties 
Construction 
Commercial construction 
1-4 SFR construction 

LTV    
Maximum 

90%   
65% 
75% 
85% 
70-75% 
80% 
85% 

Our underwriting practice, however, is to lend at lower LTV’s. At December 31, 2007, the 

weighted average LTV of our real estate portfolio based on LTVs at the time of origination was 57.1%. 

Our practice is to require DCR’s on commercial real estate loans of 1.2x to 1.25x, depending on 

the property type. We also underwrite our commercial real estate loans using a rate that is 1-2% greater 
than the proposed interest rate on the loan. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition, we have established certain concentration limits for our real estate lending activities 
by property type. Our other real estate loan limitations include out of area (California) lending at no more 
than 15% of our portfolio. At December 31, 2007, 5.7% of our real estate portfolio was secured by real 
estate located outside of California. 

Loan Maturities 

In addition to measuring and monitoring concentrations in our loan portfolio, we also monitor the 
maturities and interest rate structure of our portfolio. The following table shows the amounts of loans and 
leases outstanding as of December 31, 2007 which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, 
were due in one year or less, more than one year through five years, and more than five years. The table 
also presents, for loans and leases with maturities over one year, an analysis with respect to fixed interest 
rate loans and leases and floating interest rate loans and leases.  

At December 31, 2007 

Maturity 

Rate Structure for 

Loans Maturing 
Over One Year 

One Year  
or Less 

$  268,018 
162,379 
316,037 
67,361 
— 

One 
through 
Five Years 

$ 209,218 
82,228 
50,669 
23,858 
44 

Over Five 
Years 

Total 

Fixed 
Rate 

Floating 
Rate 

(In thousands) 

$

41,068 
11,305 
— 
346 
— 

$

518,304 
255,912 
366,706 
91,565 
44 

$ 

23,696 
198 
— 
— 
— 

$

226,590 
93,335 
50,669 
24,204 
44 

       452
$  814,247 

       116
$ 366,133 

        —  

$  52,719 

           568
$  1,233,099 

      116
 24,010 

$ 

          —
394,842 

$

Real estate mini-perm 
Commercial 
Construction 
Trade finance 
Consumer 
Leases receivable and 

other 

Total 

The following table shows the amounts of loans and leases outstanding as of December 31, 2006, 
which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, were due in one year or less, more than one 
year through five years, and more than five years. Demand or other loans having no stated maturity and no 
stated schedule of repayments are reported as due in one year or less. The table also presents, for loans and 
leases with maturities over one year, an analysis with respect to fixed interest rate loans and leases and 
floating interest rate loans and leases. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At December 31, 2006 

Maturity 

Rate Structure for 

Loans Maturing 
Over One Year 

One Year  
or Less 

$  166,075 
118,321 
182,927 
72,083 
45 

One 
through 
Five Years 

$ 209,805 
79,429 
88,094 
13,984 
— 

Over Five 
Years 

Total 

Fixed 
Rate 

Floating 
Rate 

(In thousands) 

$

62,400 
3,635 
— 
— 
— 

$ 438,280 
201,385 
271,021 
86,067 
45 

$ 

17,528 
343 
2,904 
— 
— 

$

254,677 
82,721 
85,190 
13,984 
— 

       185
$  539,636 

       334
$ 391,646 

        —  
66,035 

       519
$ 997,317 

$

     334
21,109 

$ 

          —
436,572 

$

Real estate mini-perm 
Commercial 
Construction 
Trade finance 
Consumer 
Leases receivable and 

other 

Total 

As reflected in this data, the maturity of our portfolio is divided generally between loans maturing 
within one year or less and loans maturing between one and five years. Most of our shorter maturity loans 
are commercial, construction and trade finance loans. Most of the loans that have maturities between one 
and five years are real estate-mini perm loans. Regardless of maturity, most of our loans have interest rates 
that adjust with changes in the Prime Rate. 

Loan Authorizations 

• 

Individual Authorities. Individual loan officers have approval authority up to $1.5 million for 
loans secured by first trust deeds or cash and up to $500,000 for unsecured transactions. The 
Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Credit Officer have combined approval authority up to 
$7.0 million for secured loans and up to $5.0 million for unsecured loans. 

•  Management Loan Committee. The Management Loan Committee consists of the Chief 

Executive Officer, the Chief Credit Officer and senior commercial and real estate lending 
officers. It has approval authority up to $20.0 million for secured loans and up to $12.0 
million for unsecured loans. 

•  Board of Directors Loan Committee. Our Board of Directors loan committee consists of three 
members of the board of directors. It has approval authority up to our legal lending limit, 
which was approximately $42.3 million for real estate secured loans and $25.4 million for 
unsecured loans at December 31, 2007. The Board of Directors loan committee also reviews 
all loan commitments granted in excess of $1.0 million on a quarterly basis for the preceding 
quarter. 

All individual loan authorities are granted by the loan committee of our Board of Directors and 

are based on the individual’s demonstrated credit judgment and lending experience. 

If a credit falls outside of the guidelines set forth in our lending policies, the loan is not approved 

until it is reviewed by a higher level of credit approval authority. Credit approval authority has three levels, 
as listed above from lowest to highest level. Policy exceptions for cash flow, waiver of guarantee, 
excessive LTV or bad credit require approval of the President or Chief Credit Officer regardless of size. 

We believe that the current authority levels provide satisfactory management and a reasonable 

percentage of secondary review. Any conditions placed on loans in the approval process must be satisfied 
before our Chief Credit Officer will release loan documentation for execution. Our Chief Credit Officer 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and his staff work entirely independent of loan production and have full responsibility for all loan 
disbursements. 

Loan Grading and Loan Review 

We seek to quantify the risk in our lending portfolio by maintaining a loan grading system 

consisting of eight different categories (Grades 1-8). The grading system is used to determine, in part, the 
provision for loan losses. The first four grades in the system are considered satisfactory. The other four 
grades range from a “special mention” category to a “loss” category. These four grades are further 
discussed below under the section subtitled “classified assets.” 

The originating loan officer initially assigns a grade to each credit as part of the loan approval 

process. Such grade may be changed as a loan application moves through the approval process. 

Prior to funding, all new loans of $1.0 million or over are reviewed by our Chief Credit Officer 

who may assign a different grade to the credit. The grade on each individual loan is reviewed at least 
annually by the loan officer responsible for monitoring the credit. The Board of Directors reviews monthly 
the aggregate amount of all loans graded as special mention, substandard or doubtful, and each individual 
loan that has a grade within such range. Additionally, changes in the grade for a loan may occur through 
any of the following means: 

•  monthly reviews by the Chief Credit Officer of a sample of loans approved under individual 

loan authority; 

• 

annual reviews conducted by an outside loan reviewer of certain categories of loans 
determined by the Board of Directors’ audit committee. In 2006 and 2007, the outside loan 
reviewer reviewed all loans to insiders in excess of $400,000, watch list credits in excess of 
$400,000 and a sample of larger loans in our loan portfolio; 

• 

bank regulatory examinations; and 

•  monthly action plans submitted to the Chief Credit Officer by the responsible lending officers 

for each credit graded 5-8. 

Loan Delinquencies. When a borrower fails to make a committed payment, we attempt to cure the 

deficiency by contacting the borrower to seek payment. Habitual delinquencies and loans delinquent 30 
days or more are reviewed for possible changes in grading. 

Classified Assets. Federal regulations require that each insured bank classify its assets on a regular 

basis. In addition, in connection with examinations of insured institutions, examiners have authority to 
identify problem assets, and, if appropriate, classify them. We use grades 5-8 of our loan grading system to 
identify potential problem assets.  

The following describes grades 5-8 of our loan grading system: 

• 

• 

Special Mention—Grade 5. Generally these are assets that display negative trends or other 
causes for concern. This grade is regarded as a transition category. We will either upgrade the 
credit if meaningful progress is evident within six months, or downgrade the credit to a more 
severe grade as appropriate. 

Substandard—Grade 6. These are assets that in management’s judgment have potential 
weaknesses that may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects and, therefore, deserve 
the attention of management. Usually, these assets are long-term problems that are likely to 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
remain and require management action plans. These loans exhibit an increasing reliance on 
collateral for repayment. 

•  Doubtful—Grade 7. These assets are inadequately protected by the current worth and paying 
capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Although loss may not be 
imminent, if the weaknesses are not corrected, there is a good possibility that we will sustain 
some loss. 

•  Loss—Grade 8. Assets classified as “loss” are considered uncollectible and of such little 

value in the near term that their continuance as active assets is not warranted. This does not 
mean they have no recovery or salvage value. 

Deposit Products and Other Sources of Funds 

Our primary sources of funds for use in our lending and investment activities consist of: 

• 

deposits and related services; 

•  maturities and principal and interest payments on loans and securities; and 

• 

other borrowings. 

We closely monitor rates and terms of competing sources of funds and utilize those sources we 

believe to be the most cost effective consistent with our asset and liability management policies. 

Deposits and Related Services. We have historically relied primarily upon, and expect to continue 

to rely primarily upon, deposits to satisfy our needs for sources of funds. An important balance sheet 
component impacting our net interest margin is the composition and cost of our deposit base. We can 
improve our net interest margin to the extent that growth in deposits can be focused in the less volatile and 
somewhat more traditional core deposits, or total deposits less CDs greater than $100,000, commonly 
referred to as Jumbo CDs. 

We provide a wide array of deposit products. We offer regular checking, savings, NOW and 

money market deposit accounts; fixed-rate, fixed maturity retail certificates of deposit ranging in terms 
from 14 days to five years; and individual retirement accounts and non-retail certificates of deposit 
consisting of Jumbo CDs. We attempt to price our deposit products in order to promote deposit growth and 
satisfy our liquidity requirements. We provide courier service to pick up non-cash deposits and, for those 
customers that use large amounts of cash, we arrange for armored car and vault service. 

We provide a high level of personal service to our high net worth individual customers who have 

significant funds available to invest. We believe our Jumbo CDs are a stable source of funding because 
they are based primarily on service and personal relationships with senior Bank officers rather than interest 
rate. Further, 8% of these Jumbo CDs are pledged as collateral for loans from us to the depositor or the 
depositor’s affiliated business or family member. We monitor interest rates offered by our competitors and 
pay a rate we believe is competitive with the range of rates offered by such competitors. 

We also receive a significant amount of our deposits from governmental agencies. At December 

31, 2007, we had $130.2 million in government agency deposits, or 10.4% of our total deposits. Generally, 
a condition to holding some of these deposits is that we must pledge qualifying government securities in 
the amount of 110% of the deposit we hold. At December 31, 2007, we had $152.4 million of government 
securities pledged for the benefit of our government agency deposits. 

From time to time, we also access the deposit broker market for deposits to meet short-term 

liquidity requirements. At December 31, 2007, we held $70.5 million of deposits obtained in this manner. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
There were no significant rate differences between the rates on these deposits as compared to our internally 
generated Jumbo CDs. 

We intend to focus our efforts on attracting deposits from our business lending relationships in 
order to reduce our cost of funds and improve our net interest margin. Also, we believe that we have the 
ability to attract sufficient additional funding by re-pricing the yields on our CDs in order to meet loan 
demands during times that growth rates in core deposits differ from loan growth rates. 

In addition to the marketing methods listed above, we seek to attract new clients and deposits by: 

• 

expanding long-term business customer relationships, including referrals from our customers, 
and 

• 

building deposit relationships through our branch relationship officers. 

Other Borrowings. We may occasionally use our federal funds lines of credit to support liquidity 
needs created by seasonal deposit flows, to temporarily satisfy funding needs from increased loan demand 
and for other short-term purposes. As of December 31, 2007, we have three federal funds lines with other 
financial institutions pursuant to which we can borrow up to $100 million on an unsecured basis and an 
unsecured line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco or FHLBSF in the amount of 
$24 million. At December 31, 2007, our secured borrowing line with the FHLBSF was $161 million. The 
unsecured federal funds lines may be terminated by the respective lending institutions at any time. At 
December 31, 2007, we had $36 million outstanding under these federal funds lines. 

We also borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, pursuant to an existing 

commitment based on the value of the collateral pledged (either loans or securities).  We had $75 million in 
outstanding FHLB advances with a weighted average interest rate of 4.25% and a remaining maturity 
greater than one year at December 31, 2007. 

Our Investment Activities 

Our investment strategy is designed to be complementary to and interactive with our other 
strategies (i.e., cash position; borrowed funds; quality, maturity, stability and earnings of loans; nature and 
stability of deposits; capital and tax planning). The target percentage for our investment portfolio is 
between 10% and 40% of total assets. Our general objectives with respect to our investment portfolio are 
to: 

• 

• 

• 

achieve an acceptable asset/liability mix; 

provide a suitable balance of quality and diversification to our assets; 

provide liquidity necessary to meet cyclical and long-term changes in the mix of assets and 
liabilities; 

• 

provide a stable flow of dependable earnings; 

•  maintain collateral for pledging requirements; 

•  manage and mitigate interest rate risk; 

• 

• 

comply with regulatory and accounting standards; and 

provide funds for local community needs. 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities consist primarily of U.S. agency issues, investment grade corporate notes, 

municipal bonds and mortgage-backed securities. In addition, for bank liquidity purposes, we use (1) 
overnight federal funds, which are temporary overnight sales of excess funds to correspondent banks and 
(2) interest-bearing deposits at other financial institutions, which consist of certificates of deposit spread 
over many financial institutions to take advantage of 100% FDIC insured coverage. 

As of December 31, 2007 the company classified all of its investment securities as “available-for-

sale” pursuant to SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. 
Available for sale securities are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from 
earnings and instead reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Held to maturity securities 
would be securities that we have both the intent and the ability to hold to maturity. These securities would 
be carried at cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. 

Our securities portfolio is managed in accordance with guidelines set by our investment policy. 

Specific day-to-day transactions affecting the securities portfolio are managed by our Chief Financial 
Officer. In accordance with our written investment policy, all executions also require the prior written 
approval of the CEO and President. These securities activities are reviewed periodically, as needed, by our 
investment committee and are reported to our Board of Directors. 

Our investment policy addresses strategies, types and levels of allowable investments and is 
reviewed and approved annually by our Board of Directors. It also limits the amount we can invest in 
various types of securities, places limits on average life and duration of securities, and limits the securities 
dealers with whom we can conduct business. 

Our Concentrations/Customers 

Except as described below, no individual or single group of related accounts is considered 

material in relation to our assets or deposits or in relation to our overall business. Approximately 72% of 
our loan portfolio at December 31, 2007 consisted of real estate-secured loans, including commercial loans 
secured by real estate, construction loans and real estate mini-perm loans. Moreover, our business activities 
are focused in Southern California. Consequently, our business is dependent on the trends of this regional 
economy, and in particular, the commercial real estate markets. At December 31, 2007, we had 275 loans 
in excess of $1.0 million, totaling $1.1 billion. These loans comprise approximately 27% of our loan 
portfolio based on number of loans and 89% based on total loans outstanding balance. Excluding credit 
card and consumer overdraft lines, our average loan size is $1.2 million. 

At December 31, 2007, excluding government deposits, brokered deposits and deposits as direct 
collateral for loans, we had 24 depositors with deposits in excess of $3.0 million that totaled $128 million 
or 13.1% of our total deposits.  

Our Competition 

The banking and financial services business in Southern California is highly competitive. This 

increasingly competitive environment faced by banks is a result primarily of changes in laws and 
regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems, and the accelerating pace of consolidation 
among financial services providers. We compete for loans, deposits and customers with other commercial 
banks, savings and loan associations, securities and brokerage companies, mortgage companies, insurance 
companies, finance companies, money market funds, credit unions and other nonbank financial services 
providers. Many of these competitors are much larger in total assets and capitalization, have greater access 
to capital markets, including foreign ownership and/or offer a broader range of financial services than we 
can offer. 

We also compete with three publicly listed Chinese-American banks, and subsidiary banks and 

branches of foreign banks, from countries such as Taiwan and China, many of which have greater lending 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
limits, and a wider variety of products and services. Additionally, we compete with Chinese-American and 
mainstream community banks for both deposits and loans. 

Competition for deposit and loan products remains strong from both banking and non-banking 

firms and this competition directly affects the rates of those products and the terms on which they are 
offered to consumers. 

Technological innovation continues to contribute to greater competition in domestic and 
international financial services markets. Many customers now expect a choice of several delivery systems 
and channels, including telephone, mail, internet, ATMs, and remote deposit capture. 

Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional pressure on banks to consolidate 

their operations, reduce expenses and increase revenues to remain competitive. In addition, competition has 
intensified due to federal and state interstate banking laws, which permit banking organizations to expand 
geographically with fewer restrictions than in the past. These laws allow banks to merge with other banks 
across state lines, thereby enabling banks to establish or expand banking operations in our market. The 
competitive environment is also significantly impacted by federal and state legislation that make it easier 
for non-bank financial institutions to compete with us. 

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION 

The following discussion of statutes and regulations affecting banks is only a summary and does 

not purport to be complete. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to such statutes and 
regulations. No assurance can be given that such statutes or regulations will not change in the future.  

General 

The Bank is extensively regulated under both federal and state laws.  Regulation and supervision 

by the federal and state banking agencies is intended primarily for the protection of depositors and the 
Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), and 
not for the benefit of stockholders.  Set forth below is a summary description of key laws and regulations 
which relate to the Bank’s operations.  These descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the 
applicable laws and regulations. 

As a California state-chartered bank which is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, we are 

subject to supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the California Commissioner of Financial 
Institutions and the Department of Financial Institutions (“DFI”), as the Bank’s state regulator, and by the 
FDIC as the Bank’s primary federal regulator. The regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of 
our business, including the making of periodic reports by us, and our activities relating to dividends, 
investments, loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities, branching, mergers 
and acquisitions, reserves against deposits and numerous other areas. Supervision, legal action and 
examination of us by the FDIC are generally intended to protect depositors and are not intended for the 
protection of shareholders.  If, as a result of an examination, either the DFI or the FDIC should determine 
that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or 
other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or its management is violating or 
has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to the DFI and the FDIC.  These 
remedies include the power to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any 
violation or practice; enter into informal nonpublic or formal public memoranda of understanding or 
written agreements with the Bank to take corrective action; issue an administrative cease and desist order 
that can be judicially enforced; direct an increase in capital; enjoin unsafe or unsound practices; restrict the 
Bank’s growth; assess civil monetary penalties; and remove officers and directors.  Ultimately the FDIC 
could terminate the Bank’s FDIC insurance and the DFI could revoke the Bank’s charter or take possession 
and close and liquidate the Bank.     

17 

 
 
 
 
 
The Bank’s profitability, like most financial institutions, is primarily dependent on our ability to 
maintain a favorable differential or “spread” between the yield on our interest-earning assets and the rate 
paid on our deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities.  In general, the difference between the interest 
rates paid by the Bank on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and other borrowings, and the interest 
rates received by the Bank on our interest-earning assets, such as loans extended to customers and 
securities held in our investment portfolio, will comprise the major portion of the Bank’s earnings.  These 
rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the control of the Bank, such as inflation, 
recession and unemployment, and the impact which future changes in domestic and foreign economic 
conditions might have on the Bank cannot be predicted.   

The Bank’s business is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal 

government, and the policies of the regulatory agencies, particularly the FRB. The FRB implements 
national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) through its 
open-market operations in United States government securities, by adjusting the required level of reserves 
for financial institutions subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the target federal funds and 
discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the FRB in these areas 
influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest earned on interest-
earning assets and paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The nature and impact of any future changes in 
monetary and fiscal policies on the Bank cannot be predicted. 

Changes such as the following in federal or state banking laws or the regulations, policies or 

guidance of the federal or state banking agencies could have an adverse cost or competitive impact on the 
Bank’s operations: 

(i)  In December 2006, the federal banking agencies issued final guidance to reinforce sound risk 
management practices for bank holding companies and banks in commercial real estate (CRE) 
loans which establishes CRE concentration thresholds as criteria for examiners to identify CRE 
concentration that may warrant further analysis.  The implementation of these guidelines could 
result in increased reserves and capital costs for banks with “CRE concentration.” Management 
believes that the Bank’s CRE portfolio as of December 31, 2007 does not have the risks 
associated with high CRE concentration due to mitigating factors, including moderate loan-to-
value ratios, adequate debt coverage ratios and a wide variety of property types.  

(ii)  In September 2006 the federal banking agencies issued final guidance and, subsequently, in 
March 2007 proposed additional guidance on alternative or “nontraditional” residential mortgage 
products that allow borrowers to defer repayment of principal and sometimes interest, including 
“interest-only” mortgage loans, and “payment option” adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”) where 
a borrower has flexible payment options, including payments that have the potential for negative 
amortization, and ARMs with low initial payments based on a fixed introductory or “teaser” rate 
that adjusts after a short initial period.  While acknowledging that innovations in mortgage 
lending can benefit some consumers, the guidance states that management should (1) assess a 
borrower’s ability to repay the loan, including any principal balances added through negative 
amortization, at the fully indexed rate that would apply after the introductory period; (2) recognize 
that certain nontraditional mortgages are untested in a stressed environment and warrant strong 
risk management standards as well as appropriate capital and loan loss reserves; and (3) ensure 
that borrowers have sufficient information to clearly understand loan terms and associated risks 
prior to making a product or payment choice.  The Bank does not presently offer any mortgage 
products which are the subject of the banking agencies’ present or proposed guidance.   

(iii)  Pursuant to the Financial Services Regulatory Relief Act of 2006, the SEC and the Federal 
Reserve have released, as Regulation R, joint proposed rules expected to be finalized by midyear 
to implement exceptions provided for in the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) for bank 
securities activities which banks may conduct without registering with the SEC as securities 
brokers or moving such activities to a broker-dealer affiliate.  The proposed Regulation R “push 
out” rules exceptions would allow a bank, subject to certain conditions, to continue to conduct 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
securities transactions for customers as part of the Bank’s trust and fiduciary, custodial and 
deposit “sweep” functions, and to refer customers to a securities broker-dealer pursuant to a 
networking arrangement with the broker-dealer. The Bank does not presently engage in any 
securities activities. 

Because California law permits commercial banks chartered by the state to engage in any activity 

permissible for national banks, the Bank may form subsidiaries to engage in the many so-called “closely 
related to banking” or “nonbanking” activities commonly conducted by national banks in operating 
subsidiaries, and, further, may conduct certain “financial” activities in a subsidiary to the same extent as 
may a national bank.  Generally, a financial subsidiary is permitted to engage in activities that are 
“financial in nature” or incidental thereto, even though they are not permissible for the national bank to 
conduct directly within the bank.  The definition of “financial in nature” includes, among other items, 
underwriting, dealing in or making a market in securities, including, for example, distributing shares of 
mutual funds.  A financial subsidiary may not, however, under present law, engage as principal in 
underwriting insurance (other than credit life insurance), issue annuities or engage in real estate brokerage 
or development or in merchant banking activities.  In order to form a financial subsidiary, the Bank must 
be “well-capitalized,” “well-managed” and in satisfactory compliance with the Community Reinvestment 
Act (“CRA”).  Further, the Bank must exclude from its assets and capital all equity investments, including 
retained earnings, in a financial subsidiary, and the assets of a financial subsidiary may not be consolidated 
with the Bank’s assets.  The Bank would also be subject to the same risk management and affiliate 
transaction rules that apply to national banks with financial subsidiaries.  

The Bank is also subject to the requirements and restrictions of various consumer laws, 

regulations and the Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA.  

Capital Standards  

The federal banking agencies have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines for banks 

which are intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking 
organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, and transactions, 
such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, which are recorded as off-balance sheet items. 

The risk-based capital ratio is determined by classifying assets and certain off-balance sheet 
financial instruments into weighted categories, with higher levels of capital being required for those 
categories perceived as representing greater risk.  Under the capital guidelines, a banking organization’s 
total capital is divided into tiers.  “Tier I capital” consists of (1) common equity, (2) qualifying 
noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, (3) a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred 
stock and (4) minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries (including trust-
preferred securities), less goodwill and certain other intangible assets.  Qualifying Tier I capital may 
consist of trust-preferred securities, subject to certain criteria and quantitative limits for inclusion of 
restricted core capital elements in Tier I capital.  “Tier II capital” consists of hybrid capital instruments, 
perpetual debt, mandatory convertible debt securities, a limited amount of subordinated debt, preferred 
stock and trust-preferred securities that do not qualify as Tier I capital, a limited amount of the allowance 
for loan and lease losses and a limited amount of unrealized holding gains on equity securities.  “Tier III 
capital” consists of qualifying unsecured subordinated debt.  The sum of Tier II and Tier III capital may 
not exceed the amount of Tier I capital. 

The risk-based capital guidelines require a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-

adjusted assets of 8.0%, and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4.0%. In addition 
to the risk-based guidelines, the federal bank regulatory agencies require banking organizations to maintain 
a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio.  For a banking 
organization rated well capitalized, in the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking 
organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier I capital to total assets must be 3.0%.  

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
An institution’s risk-based capital, leverage capital and tangible capital ratios together determine 
the institution’s capital classification.  An institution is treated as well capitalized if its total capital to risk-
weighted assets ratio is 10.00% or more; its core capital to risk-weighted assets ratio is 6.00% or more; and 
its core capital to adjusted total assets ratio is 5.00% or more. At December 31, 2007, the Bank’s capital 
ratios exceed these minimum percentage requirements to be considered well capitalized. 

The current risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord of the 

International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.  A new international accord, referred to as 
Basel II, which emphasizes internal assessment of credit, market and operational risk, supervisory 
assessment and market discipline in determining minimum capital requirements, currently becomes 
mandatory for large international banks outside the U.S. in 2008.  In October 2006, the U.S. federal 
banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking for comment to implement Basel II for U.S. 
banks with certain differences from the international Basel II framework and which would not be fully in 
effect for U.S. banks until 2012.  Further, the U.S. banking agencies propose to retain the minimum 
leverage requirement and prompt corrective action regulatory standards.  In December 2006 the federal 
banking agencies issued another notice of proposed rulemaking for comment, referred to as Basel IA that 
proposed alternative capital requirements for smaller U.S. banks which may be negatively impacted 
competitively by certain provisions of Basel II.  Additional guidance issued in February 2007 stated the 
agencies’ expectation that to determine the extent to which banks should hold capital in excess of 
regulatory minimum levels, examiners would examine the combined implications of a bank’s compliance 
with qualification requirements for regulatory risk-based capital standards, the quality and results of the 
bank’s internal capital adequacy assessment process, and the examiners’ assessment of the bank’s risk 
profile and capital position.  At this time the impact that proposed changes in capital requirements may 
have on the cost and availability of different types of credit and the potential compliance cost to the Bank 
of implementing the requirements of the final rulemaking which is applicable to the Bank are uncertain.   

A bank that does not achieve and maintain the required capital levels may be issued a capital 
directive by the FDIC to ensure the maintenance of required capital levels. As discussed above, we are 
required to maintain certain levels of capital. The regulatory capital guidelines as well as our actual 
capitalization as of December 31, 2007 are as follows:  

Leverage Ratio 
Preferred Bank .................................................................................................  10.31% 
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution ...............................  5.00% 
Minimum regulatory requirement ....................................................................  4.00% 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio 
Preferred Bank .................................................................................................  10.54% 
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution ...............................  6.00% 
Minimum regulatory requirement ....................................................................  4.00% 

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio 
Preferred Bank ................................................................................................      11.57% 
 10.00% 
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution ..............................  
  8.00% 
Minimum regulatory requirement ...................................................................  

Dividends and Other Transfers of Funds 

The Bank is subject to various statutory and regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends.  

Under such restrictions, the amount available for payment of dividends totaled $50 million at December 
31, 2007.  In addition, the banking agencies have the authority to prohibit the Bank from paying dividends, 
depending upon the Bank’s financial condition, if such payment would be deemed to constitute an unsafe 
or unsound practice. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prompt Corrective Action  

The FDIC also possesses broad powers under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”) 

to take “prompt corrective action” and other supervisory action to resolve the problems of insured 
depository institutions that fall within any undercapitalized category. An institution that, based upon its 
capital levels, is classified as well capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized may be treated as 
though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and 
opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice 
warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is 
subject to more restrictions.  

In addition, the federal banking agencies have adopted non-capital safety and soundness standards 

to assist examiners in identifying and addressing potential safety and soundness concerns before capital 
becomes impaired. The guidelines set forth operational and managerial standards relating to:  (i) internal 
controls, information systems and internal audit systems, (ii) loan documentation, (iii) credit underwriting, 
(iv) asset quality and growth, (v) earnings, (vi) risk management, and (vii) compensation and benefits. 

Subprime Lending Guidelines 

As a result of a number of federally insured financial institutions extending their lending risk 

selection standards to attract lower credit quality borrowers due to their loans having higher interest rates 
and fees, the federal banking regulatory agencies have jointly issued interagency guidance on subprime 
lending, including guidance issued in September 2006 and March 2007 on nontraditional residential 
mortgage products.  Subprime lending involves extending credit to individuals with less than perfect credit 
histories.  The guidelines consider subprime lending a high-risk activity that is unsafe and unsound if the 
risks associated with subprime lending are not properly controlled.  The federal banking agencies expect 
regulatory capital one and one-half to three times higher than that typically set aside for prime assets for 
institutions that: 

• 

• 

have subprime assets equal to 25% or higher of Tier 1 capital, or 

have subprime portfolios experiencing rapid growth or adverse performance trends, are 
administered by inexperienced management, or have inadequate or weak controls.   

The Bank presently does not engage in subprime lending.  

Premiums for Deposit Insurance  

Through the DIF, the FDIC insures our customer deposits up to prescribed limits for each 

depositor. The amount of FDIC assessments paid by each DIF member institution is based on its relative 
risk of default as measured by regulatory capital ratios and other supervisory factors. The assessment rate 
currently ranges from zero to 27 cents per $100 of domestic deposits.  The FDIC may increase or decrease 
the assessment rate schedule on a semi-annual basis.  The Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2006, 
or FDIRA, provides, among other things, for changes in the formula and factors to be considered by the 
FDIC in calculating the FDIC reserve ratio, assessments and dividends, and a one-time aggregate 
assessment credit for depository institutions in existence on December 31, 1996 (or their successors) which 
paid assessments to recapitalize the insurance funds after the banking crises of the late 1980s and early 
1990s.  The FDIC issued final regulations, effective January 1, 2007, implementing the provisions of 
FDIRA. The Bank expects to receive a one-time assessment credit that is expected to exceed any increase 
in assessments by the FDIC in 2007.    

All FDIC-insured depository institutions must pay an annual assessment to provide funds for the 
payment of interest on bonds issued by the Financing Corporation, a federal corporation chartered under 
the authority of the Federal Housing Finance Board. The bonds, commonly referred to as FICO bonds, 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
were issued to capitalize the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.  The FDIC established the 
FICO assessment rates effective for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006 at approximately 1.24 cents for each 
$100 of assessable deposits. The FICO assessments are adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the 
assessment bases of the FDIC’s insurance funds and do not vary depending on a depository institution’s 
capitalization or supervisory evaluations.  

Federal Home Loan Bank System  

We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, or FHLB-SF. Among other 

benefits, each Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, serves as a reserve or central bank for its members 
within its assigned region. The FHLB makes available loans or advances to its members in compliance 
with the policies and procedures established by the board of directors of the individual FHLB. As an FHLB 
member, we are required to own a certain amount of capital stock in the FHLB.  

At December 31, 2007, the Bank was in compliance with the FHLB’s stock ownership 

requirement and our investment in FHLB capital stock totaled $4,700,000. 

Interstate Banking and Branching 

Subject to certain size limitations under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking Act, banks have the 
ability to acquire or merge with banks in other states; and, subject to certain state restrictions, banks may 
also acquire or establish new branches outside their home state.  Interstate branches are subject to certain 
laws of the states in which they are located.  The Bank presently has not engaged in any interstate banking 
activity. 

Securities Registration 

The Bank’s securities are registered with the FDIC under the Exchange Act as adopted by the 

FDIC.  As such, the Bank is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate 
governance and other requirements and restrictions of the Exchange Act. 

Foreign Operations 

The Bank has a representative office in Taipei, Taiwan. During the third quarter of 2007, the Bank 

established a new subsidiary, PB Investment and Consulting, Inc. The purpose of this subsidiary is to 
operate a Representative Office for Preferred Bank in Taipei, Taiwan. This office’s primary function is to 
coordinate banking services to customers of Preferred Bank in Taiwan. The new subsidiary has been 
funded with $30,000 in initial capital.  Our Taipei office operates under the supervision of Taiwan Banking 
Authorities. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act  

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses accounting oversight and corporate governance 

matters and, among other things: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

required executive certification of financial presentations; 

increased requirements for board audit committees and their members; 

enhanced disclosure of controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting; 

enhanced controls on, and reporting of, insider trading; and 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
• 

increased penalties for financial crimes and forfeiture of executive bonuses in certain 
circumstances. 

This legislation and its implementing regulations resulted in increased costs of compliance, 

including certain outside professional costs.  To date, these costs have not had a material impact on the 
Bank.   

USA PATRIOT Act  

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and its implementing regulations significantly expanded the 

anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws. Under the USA PATRIOT Act, financial 
institutions are required to establish and maintain anti-money laundering programs which include:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the establishment of a customer identification program; 

the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;  

the designation of a compliance officer;  

an ongoing employee training program; and  

an independent audit function to test the programs.  

The Bank has adopted comprehensive policies and procedures to address the requirements of the 

USA PATRIOT Act.  Material deficiencies in anti-money laundering compliance can result in public 
enforcement actions by the banking agencies, including the imposition of civil money penalties and 
supervisory restrictions on growth and expansion.  Such enforcement actions could also have serious 
reputation consequences for the Bank.  

Federal Reserve System  

The FRB requires all depository institutions to maintain noninterest-bearing reserves at specified 
levels against their transaction accounts (primarily checking, NOW “negotiable order of withdrawal” and 
Super NOW checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits. At December 31, 2007, we were in 
compliance with these requirements. 

Impact of Monetary Policies  

Our earnings and growth are subject to the influence of domestic and foreign economic 
conditions, including inflation, recession and unemployment. Our earnings are affected not only by general 
economic conditions but also by the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and federal agencies, 
particularly the FRB. The FRB can and does implement national monetary policy, such as seeking to curb 
inflation and combat recession, by its open market operations in United States government securities and 
by its control of the discount rates applicable to borrowings by banks from the FRB. The actions of the 
FRB in these areas influence the growth of bank loans and leases, investments and deposits and affect the 
interest rates charged on loans and leases and paid on deposits. The FRB’s policies have had a significant 
effect on the operating results of commercial banks and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The 
nature and timing of any future changes in monetary policies are not predictable.  

Loans-to-One Borrower Limitations 

With certain limited exceptions, the maximum amount of obligations, secured or unsecured, that 
any borrower (including certain related entities) may owe to a California state bank at any one time may 
not exceed 25% of the sum of the shareholders’ equity, allowance for loan losses, capital notes and 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
debentures of the bank.  Unsecured obligations may not exceed 15% of the sum of the shareholders’ 
equity, allowance for loan losses, capital notes and debentures of the bank.  The Bank has established 
internal loan limits which are lower than the legal lending limits for a California bank.  At December 31, 
2007, the Bank’s largest single lending relationship had a combined outstanding balance of $34.1 million, 
secured predominantly by commercial real estate properties in the Bank’s lending area, and which is 
performing in accordance with their terms of the Bank’s loans.   

Extensions of Credit to Insiders and Transactions with Affiliates  

The Bank is subject to Federal Reserve Regulation O and companion California banking law 

limitations and conditions on loans or extensions of credit to:  

• 

• 

• 

the Bank’s executive officers, directors and principal shareholders (i.e., in most cases, those 
persons who own, control or have power to vote more than 10% of any class of voting 
securities);  

any company controlled by any such executive officer, director or shareholder; or  

any political or campaign committee controlled by such executive officer, director or 
principal shareholder.  

Loans and leases extended to any of the above persons must comply with loan-to-one-borrower 

limits, require prior full board approval when aggregate extensions of credit to the person exceed specified 
amounts, must be made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as, and 
follow credit-underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than those prevailing at the time for 
comparable transactions with non-insiders, and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or 
present other unfavorable features. In addition, Regulation O provides that the aggregate limit on 
extensions of credit to all insiders of a bank as a group cannot exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and 
unimpaired surplus. Regulation O also prohibits a bank from paying an overdraft on an account of an 
executive officer or director, except pursuant to a written pre-authorized interest-bearing extension of 
credit plan that specifies a method of repayment or a written pre-authorized transfer of funds from another 
account of the officer or director at the bank.  California has laws and the DFI has regulations which adopt 
and also apply Regulation O to the Bank.   

The Bank also is subject to certain restrictions imposed by Federal Reserve Act Sections 23A and 

23B and Federal Reserve Regulation W on any extensions of credit to, or the issuance of a guarantee or 
letter of credit on behalf of, any affiliates, the purchase of, or investments in, stock or other securities 
thereof, the taking of such securities as collateral for loans, and the purchase of assets of any affiliates.  
Such restrictions prevent any affiliates from borrowing from the Bank unless the loans are secured by 
marketable obligations of designated amounts.  Further, such secured loans and investments to or in any 
affiliate are limited, individually, to 10.0% of the Bank’s capital and surplus (as defined by federal 
regulations), and such secured loans and investments are limited, in the aggregate, to 20.0% of the Bank’s 
capital and surplus.  A financial subsidiary is considered an affiliate subject to these restrictions whereas 
other nonbanking subsidiaries are not considered affiliates.  Additional restrictions on transactions with 
affiliates may be imposed on the Bank under the FDI Act prompt corrective action provisions and the 
supervisory authority of the federal and state banking agencies.    

Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations  

Examination and enforcement by the state and federal banking agencies for non-compliance with 
consumer protection laws and their implementing regulations have become more intense. We are subject to 
many consumer statutes and regulations, some of which are discussed below.  The Bank is also subject to 
federal and state laws prohibiting unfair or fraudulent business practices, untrue or misleading advertising 
and unfair competition. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
The Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, or HOEPA, requires extra disclosures 
and consumer protections to borrowers for certain lending practices.  The term “predatory lending,” much 
like the terms “safety and soundness” and “unfair and deceptive practices,” is far-reaching and covers a 
potentially broad range of behavior.  As such, it does not lend itself to a concise or a comprehensive 
definition.  Typically, however, predatory lending involves at least one, and perhaps all three, of the 
following elements: 

•  making unaffordable loans based on the assets of the borrower rather than on the borrower’s 

ability to repay an obligation (“asset-based lending”); 

• 

• 

inducing a borrower to refinance a loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees 
each time the loan is refinanced (“loan flipping”); and/or 

engaging in fraud or deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an 
unsuspecting or unsophisticated borrower. 

Regulations and banking agency guidelines aimed at curbing predatory lending significantly 
widen the pool of high-cost home-secured loans covered by HOEPA.  In addition, the regulations bar 
certain refinances within a year with another loan subject to HOEPA by the same lender or loan servicer.  
Lenders also will be presumed to have violated the law—which says loans should not be made to people 
unable to repay them—unless they document that the borrower has the ability to repay.  Lenders that 
violate the rules face cancellation of loans and penalties equal to the finance charges paid.  The Bank does 
not expect these rules and potential state action in this area to have a material impact on our financial 
condition or results of operations. 

Privacy policies are required by federal banking regulations which limit the ability of banks and 

other financial institutions to disclose nonpublic information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties.  
Pursuant to those rules, financial institutions must provide: 

• 

• 

• 

initial notices to customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which 
they may disclose nonpublic personal information to nonaffiliated third parties and affiliates; 

annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and 

a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to nonaffiliated third parties. 

These privacy protections affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified 

financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors.  In addition, state laws may impose more restrictive 
limitations on the ability of financial institutions to disclose such information.  California has adopted such 
a privacy law that, among other things, generally provides that customers must “opt in” before information 
may be disclosed to certain nonaffiliated third parties.   

The Fair Credit Reporting Act, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, or 
the FACT Act, requires financial firms to help deter identity theft, including developing appropriate fraud 
response programs, and gives consumers more control of their credit data.  It also reauthorizes a federal 
ban on state laws that interfere with corporate credit granting and marketing practices.  In connection with 
the FACT Act, the federal financial institution regulatory agencies proposed rules that would prohibit an 
institution from using certain information about a consumer it received from an affiliate to make a 
solicitation to the consumer, unless the consumer has been notified and given a chance to opt out of such 
solicitations.  A consumer’s election to opt out would be applicable for at least five years.  The agencies 
have also proposed guidelines required by the FACT Act for financial institutions and creditors which 
require financial institutions to identify patterns, practices and specific forms of activity, known as “Red 
Flags,” that indicate the possible existence of identity theft and require financial institutions to establish 
reasonable policies and procedures for implementing these guidelines.   

25 

 
 
 
 
 
The Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, or Check 21, facilitates check truncation and 
electronic check exchange by authorizing a new negotiable instrument called a “substitute check,” which is 
the legal equivalent of an original check.  Check 21 does not require banks to create substitute checks or 
accept checks electronically; however, it does require banks to accept a legally equivalent substitute check 
in place of an original.  In addition to its issuance of regulations governing substitute checks, the Federal 
Reserve has issued final rules governing the treatment of remotely created checks (sometimes referred to as 
“demand drafts”) and electronic check conversion transactions (involving checks that are converted to 
electronic transactions by merchants and other payees).    

The Community Reinvestment Act, or CRA, is intended to encourage insured depository 

institutions, while operating safely and soundly, to help meet the credit needs of their communities. The 
CRA specifically directs the federal regulatory agencies, in examining insured depository institutions, to 
assess a bank’s record of helping meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and 
moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The CRA further 
requires the agencies to take a financial institution’s record of meeting its community credit needs into 
account when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, mergers or acquisitions, 
or holding company formations. The agencies use the CRA assessment factors in order to provide a rating 
to the financial institution. The ratings range from a high of “outstanding” to a low of “substantial 
noncompliance.”  

The Equal Credit Opportunity Act, or ECOA, generally prohibits discrimination in any credit 

transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national 
origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance 
programs, or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act.  

The Truth in Lending Act, or TILA, is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a 

meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result 
of the TILA, all creditors must use the same credit terminology to express rates and payments, including 
the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment 
schedule, among other things.  

The Fair Housing Act, or FH Act, regulates many practices, including making it unlawful for any 

lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, 
religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. A number of lending practices have been found 
by the courts to be, or may be considered, illegal under the FH Act, including some that are not specifically 
mentioned in the FH Act itself.  

The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, or HMDA, grew out of public concern over credit shortages 

in certain urban neighborhoods and provides public information that will help show whether financial 
institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are 
located. The HMDA also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data 
about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending 
patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes.  The Federal Reserve amended regulations issued under 
HMDA to require the reporting of certain pricing data with respect to higher priced mortgage loans for 
review by the federal banking agencies from a fair lending perspective.  We do not expect the HMDA data 
reported by the Bank to raise material issues regarding its compliance with the fair lending laws. 

The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, or RESPA, requires lenders to provide borrowers with 

disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. Also, RESPA prohibits certain abusive 
practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts. Penalties under the 
above laws may include fines, reimbursements and other penalties.  

Finally, the National Flood Insurance Act, or NFIA, requires homes in flood-prone areas with 

mortgages from a federally regulated lender to have flood insurance.  Hurricane Katrina focused awareness 
on this requirement.  Lenders are required to provide notice to borrowers of special flood hazard areas and 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
require such coverage before making, increasing, extending or renewing such loans.  Financial institutions 
which demonstrate a pattern and practice of lax compliance are subject to the issuance of cease and desist 
orders and the imposition of per loan civil money penalties, up to a maximum fine which currently is 
$125,000.  Fine payments are remitted to the Federal Emergency Management Agency for deposit into the 
National Flood Mitigation Fund. 

Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with HOEPA, privacy laws and 

regulations, FACT, Check 21, CRA, TILA, FH Act, ECOA, HMDA, RESPA and NFIA generally, we may 
incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for CRA investments.  

Recent and Proposed Legislation  

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental 
authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements 
and restrictions on part or all of their respective operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the 
laws, rules and regulations applicable to us are subject to regular modification and change.  

From time to time, federal and state legislation is enacted which may have the effect of materially 

increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities, or affecting the 
competitive balance between banks and other financial service providers. Proposals to change the laws and 
regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks and other financial institutions are frequently 
made in Congress, in the California legislature and before various bank regulatory agencies.   The Bank 
cannot predict whether or when potential legislation will be enacted, and if enacted the effect that it, or any 
implementing regulations, would have on our financial condition or results of operations.  In addition, the 
outcome of any investigations initiated by state or federal authorities or litigation may result in necessary 
changes in our operations, additional regulation and increased compliance costs. 

Financial Services Modernization Legislation  

On November 12, 1999 the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, also known as the Financial 
Services Modernization Act, was signed into law. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to 
modernize the banking industry by removing barriers to affiliation among banks, insurance companies, the 
securities industry and other financial service providers. It provides financial organizations with the 
flexibility of structuring such affiliations through a holding company structure or through a financial 
subsidiary of a bank, subject to certain limitations. The Financial Services Modernization Act establishes a 
new type of bank holding company known as a financial holding company that may engage in an expanded 
list of activities that are financial in nature, which include securities and insurance brokerage, securities 
underwriting, insurance underwriting and merchant banking.  

The Financial Services Modernization Act also sets forth a system of functional regulation that 
makes the FRB the “umbrella supervisor” for holding companies, while providing for the supervision of 
the holding company’s subsidiaries by other federal and state agencies. A bank holding company may not 
become a financial holding company if any of its subsidiary financial institutions are not well-capitalized 
or well-managed. Further, each bank subsidiary of the holding company must have received at least a 
satisfactory CRA rating. The Financial Services Modernization Act also expands the types of financial 
activities a national bank may conduct through a financial subsidiary, addresses state regulation of 
insurance, provides privacy protection for nonpublic customer information of financial institution’s, 
modernizes the FHLB system, and makes miscellaneous regulatory improvements. The FRB and the 
Secretary of the Treasury must coordinate their supervision regarding approval of new financial activities 
to be conducted through a financial holding company or through a financial subsidiary of a bank. While the 
provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act regarding activities that may be conducted through 
a financial subsidiary directly apply only to national banks, those provisions indirectly apply to state-
chartered banks.  

27 

 
 
 
 
 
In addition, we are subject to other provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act, 

including those relating to CRA, privacy and safe-guarding confidential customer information, regardless 
of whether we elect to establish a holding company and become a financial holding company or to conduct 
activities through a financial subsidiary.  

We do not believe that the Financial Services Modernization Act will have a material adverse 

effect on our operations in the near term. However, to the extent that it permits banks, securities firms and 
insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry will continue to experience further 
consolidation. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to grant to community banks certain 
powers as a matter of right that larger institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis. Nevertheless, this 
act may have the result of increasing the amount of competition that we face from larger institutions and 
other types of companies offering financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial 
resources than us.  

Safety and Soundness Standards  

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act, or FDICIA, imposes certain 

specific restrictions on transactions and requires federal banking regulators to adopt overall safety and 
soundness standards for depository institutions related to internal control, loan underwriting and 
documentation and asset growth. Among other things, FDICIA limits the interest rates paid on deposits by 
undercapitalized institutions, restricts the use of brokered deposits, limits the aggregate extensions of credit 
by a depository institution to an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or related interest and 
reduces deposit insurance coverage for deposits offered by undercapitalized institutions for deposits by 
certain employee benefits accounts. The federal banking agencies may require an institution to submit to an 
acceptable compliance plan as well as have the flexibility to pursue other more appropriate or effective 
courses of action given the specific circumstances and severity of an institution’s noncompliance with one 
or more standards.  

California Financial Information Privacy Act  

The California Financial Information Privacy Act, or CFIPA, which was enacted in August 2003, 

imposes stricter limits on the use of consumers’ nonpublic personal information by financial institutions 
beyond those imposed by the Financial Services Modernization Legislation. CFIPA applies to any financial 
institution doing business in California, but only with respect to the individual consumers of the institution 
that reside in California.  

Under CFIPA, and subject to certain specified exceptions, a financial institution must now obtain 

a consumer’s written consent before disclosing the consumer’s nonpublic personal information to any 
nonaffiliated third party. Before releasing a consumer’s nonpublic personal information to an affiliate, the 
financial institution must give the consumer the opportunity to direct that his or her information not be 
disclosed. This “opt-out” requirement also applies to information a financial institution discloses in 
connection with (1) certain joint marketing agreements with other financial institutions and (2) agreements 
with “affinity partners” in whose name the financial institution issues credit cards or other financial 
products. A financial institution that meets certain conditions may, however, share nonpublic personal 
information with its wholly owned financial institution subsidiaries or sister companies engaged in the 
same line of business.  

CFIPA provides a statutory form of “opt-out” notice that a financial institution may use to offer 
consumers the opportunity to communicate their privacy preferences. A financial institution may satisfy 
CFIPA’s notice requirements by sending out this form annually. Alternatively, a financial institution may 
use its own form, subject to specific requirements and limitations.  

Since these provisions are more restrictive than the privacy provisions of the Financial Services 

Modernization Act, CFIPA would require us to adopt new policies, procedures and disclosure 
documentation. The cost of complying with this legislation is not predictable at this time.  

28 

 
 
 
 
 
Employees 

As of December 31, 2007, the Bank had a total of 137 full-time equivalent employees. None of 
the employees are represented by a union or collective bargaining group. The management of the Bank 
believes that their employee relations are satisfactory. 

Available Information 

The Bank also maintains an internet website at www.preferredbank.com.  The Bank makes its 

website content available for information purposes only.  It should not be relied upon for investment 
purposes. 

We are subject to the reporting and other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 

amended. In accordance with Sections 12, 13 and 14 of the Exchange Act and as a bank that is not a 
member of the Federal Reserve System, we file certain reports, proxy materials, information statements and 
other information with the FDIC, copies of which can be inspected and copied at the public reference 
facilities maintained by the FDIC, at the Public Reference Section, Room F-6043, 550 17th Street, N.W., 
Washington, DC 20429. Requests for copies may be made by telephone at (202) 898-8913 or by fax at 
(202) 898-3909. [Form 3, 4 and 5 filed electronically with FDIC, at the FDIC’s website at 
http://www.fdic.gov.]   

ITEM 1A.   RISK FACTORS 

Risk Factors That May Affect Future Results 

In addition to the other information on the risks we face and our management of risk contained in 
this annual report or in our other filings, the following are significant risks which may affect our business, 
financial condition, operations and prospects and the value and price of our common stock could decline.  
The risks identified below are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all risks we face and additional 
risks that we may currently view as not material may also impair our business operations and results. 

Changes in economic conditions, and in particular a prolonged economic slowdown in the State of 

California, could hurt our business materially. 

Our business is directly affected by factors such as changes in economic, political and market 

conditions, broad trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, changes in government 
monetary and fiscal policies and inflation, all of which are beyond our control. We are particularly 
susceptible to conditions and changes affecting the State of California and Southern California in view of 
the concentration of our operations and the collateral securing our loan portfolio in Southern California. 
The negative effects of weak national and international economic recoveries, the threat of terrorism and the 
uncertainty associated with the impact of the war in Iraq on California’s economy were exacerbated by the 
state’s budget crisis and the recent hike in energy prices, the recall of its governor and wildfires in 
Southern California.  Deterioration in economic conditions, in California and Southern California in 
particular, could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

problem assets and foreclosures may increase; 

loan delinquencies may increase;  

demand for loans and our other products and services may decline;  

low cost or noninterest-bearing deposits may decrease; and 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
• 

collateral for loans made by us, especially real estate, may decline in value, in turn reducing 
customers’ borrowing power or capacity to repay, and reducing the value of assets and 
collateral associated with our existing loans.  

In addition, because we make loans to small to medium-sized businesses, many of our customers 

may be particularly susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to make 
scheduled principal or interest payments during these periods.  

Most of our loans are secured by real estate, and a downturn in the California real estate market 

could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows.  

A downturn in the California real estate market could hurt our business because most of our loans 
are secured by real estate located in California. As of December 31, 2007, approximately 72% of the book 
value of our loan portfolio consisted of loans collateralized by various types of real estate. Real estate 
values and real estate markets are generally affected by changes in national, regional or local economic 
conditions, fluctuations in interest rates and the availability of loans to potential purchasers, changes in tax 
laws and other laws, regulations and policies and acts of nature. In addition, real estate values in California 
could be affected by, among other things, earthquakes and national disasters particular to the state. If real 
estate prices decline, particularly in California, the value of real estate collateral securing our loans could 
be significantly reduced. As a result, we may experience greater charge-offs and, similarly, our ability to 
recover on defaulted loans by foreclosing and selling the real estate collateral would then be diminished 
and we would be more likely to suffer losses on defaulted loans. If there is a significant decline in real 
estate values, especially in California, the collateral for our loans will provide less security.  

 Recent Developments related to the subprime mortgage market and the capital markets and the 

response of Congress and bank regulators to such developments could adversely affect banks in the future. 

Negative developments in the latter half of 2007 in the subprime mortgage market and the 
securitization markets for such loans have contributed to uncertainty in the financial markets generally and 
the expectation of a general economic downturn in 2008.  Performance of consumer loans and residential 
mortgage loan portfolios are reported to have deteriorated at many institutions.  The values of real estate 
collateral supporting many residential mortgages and commercial loans have declined and may continue.  
Stock prices of financial companies, including banks and bank holding companies, have decreased 
substantially, which could negatively affect the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise 
capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years.  There is a potential for new federal or state 
laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory 
agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in 
examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement orders.   

We rely heavily on our senior management team and other key employees, the loss of whom 

could materially and adversely affect our business.  

Our success depends heavily on the abilities and continued service of our executive officers, 

especially Li Yu, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Yu, who founded the 
company, is integral to implementing our business plan. We currently do not have an employment 
agreement or non-competition agreement with Mr. Yu. Accordingly, members of our senior management 
team are not contractually prohibited from leaving or joining one of our competitors. If we lose the services 
of any of our executive officers, especially Mr. Yu, our business, financial condition, results of operations 
and cash flows may be adversely affected. Furthermore, attracting suitable replacements may be difficult 
and may require significant management time and resources.  

We also rely to a significant degree on the abilities and continued service of our private banking, 

loan origination, underwriting, administrative, marketing and technical personnel. Competition for 
qualified employees and personnel in the banking industry is intense and there are a limited number of 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
qualified persons with knowledge of, and experience in, the California community banking industry. The 
process of recruiting personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our 
strategies is often lengthy. If we fail to attract and retain qualified management personnel and the necessary 
deposit generation, loan origination, underwriting, administrative, finance, marketing and technical 
personnel, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially 
adversely affected.  

A natural disaster or recurring energy shortage, especially in California, could harm our business.  

Historically, Southern California has been vulnerable to natural disasters. Therefore, we are 

susceptible to the risks of natural disasters, such as earthquakes, wildfires, floods and mudslides. Natural 
disasters could harm our operations directly through interference with communications, as well as through 
the destruction of facilities and our operational, financial and management information systems. Uninsured 
or underinsured disasters may reduce a borrower’s ability to repay mortgage loans. Disasters may also 
reduce the value of the real estate securing our loans, impairing our ability to recover on defaulted loans. 
Southern California has also experienced energy shortages which, if they recur, could impair the value of 
the real estate in those areas affected. The occurrence of natural disasters or energy shortages in Southern 
California could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations 
and cash flows.  

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect 

our financial performance.  

Market interest rates are affected by many factors that are beyond our control and are hard to 

predict, including inflation, recession, performance of the stock markets, a rise in unemployment, 
tightening money supply, exchange rates, monetary and other policies of various governmental and 
regulatory agencies, domestic and international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial 
markets.  

Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce our profits. Changes in interest rates will 

influence not only the interest we receive on our loans and investment securities and the amount of interest 
we pay on deposits, it will also affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits and our costs in 
doing so. Rising interest rates, generally, are associated with a lower volume of loan originations, while 
lower interest rates are usually associated with higher loan originations. 

We expect that we will continue to realize a substantial portion of our income from the differential 

or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest 
paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Because interest rates are based on the 
maturity, re-pricing and other characteristics of an instrument, conditions that trigger changes in interest 
rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on our interest-earning assets and 
interest expense paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates could 
adversely affect our interest rate spread and, in turn, our profitability.  

In addition, an increase in the general level of interest rates may adversely affect the ability of 

some borrowers to pay the interest on and principal of their obligations, which could reduce our cash flows 
and harm our asset quality. In rising interest rate environments, loan repayment rates may decline and in 
falling interest rate environments, loan repayment rates may increase 

We face strong competition from financial services companies and other companies that offer 

banking services, and our failure to compete effectively with these companies could have a material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

We conduct our operations primarily in California. The banking and financial services businesses 
in California are highly competitive and increased competition within California may result in reduced loan 
originations and deposits. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
future competitors. Many competitors offer the types of loans and banking services that we offer in our 
service areas. These competitors include national banks, regional banks and other community banks. We 
also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including saving and loan 
associations, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit union, mortgage banks and 
other financial intermediaries. In particular, our competitors include financial institutions whose greater 
resources may afford them a marketplace advantage by enabling them to maintain numerous banking 
locations and mount extensive promotional and advertising campaigns. Areas of competition include 
interest rates for loans and deposits, efforts to obtain loan and deposit customers and a range in quality of 
products and services provided, including new technology-driven products and services.  Competitive 
conditions may intensify as continued merger activity in the financial services industry produces larger, 
better-capitalized and more geographically diverse companies. Additionally, banks and other financial 
institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions 
may have larger lending limits which would allow them to serve the credit needs of larger customers. 
These institutions, particularly to the extent they are more diversified than we are, may be able to offer the 
same loan products and services we offer at more competitive rates and prices.  

We also face competition from out-of-state financial intermediaries that have opened loan 
production offices or that solicit deposits in our market areas. If we are unable to attract and retain banking 
customers, we may be unable to continue our loan growth and level of deposits, and our business, financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected.  

If our underwriting practices are not effective, we may suffer losses in our loan portfolio and our 

results of operations may be harmed.  

We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting 

practices. Depending on the type of loan, these practices include analysis of a borrower’s prior credit 
history, financial statements, tax returns and cash flow projections, valuation of collateral based on reports 
of independent appraisers and verification of liquid assets. Although we believe that our underwriting 
criteria are appropriate for the types of loans we make, we cannot assure you that they will be effective in 
mitigating all risks. If our underwriting criteria prove to be ineffective, we may incur losses in our loan 
portfolio, and these losses may exceed the amounts set aside as reserves in our allowance for loan losses.  

If our allowance for loan and lease losses is inadequate to cover actual losses, our financial results 

would be harmed.  

A significant source of risk arises from the possibility that we could sustain losses because 

borrowers, guarantors and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans 
and leases. The underwriting and credit monitoring policies and procedures that we have adopted to 
address this risk may not prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Unexpected losses may arise for a wide 
variety of reasons, many of which are beyond our ability to predict, influence or control. Some of these 
reasons could include a prolonged economic downturn in the State of California, a decline in the California 
real estate market, changes in the interest rate environment, adverse economic conditions in Asia and 
natural disasters.  

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for 

loan and lease defaults and non-performance. Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate 
to cover actual loan and lease losses, and future provisions for loan and lease losses could materially and 
adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Our allowance for 
loan and lease losses reflects our best estimate of the losses inherent in the existing loan and lease portfolio 
at the relevant balance sheet date and is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan 
and lease portfolio, which evaluation is based on historical loss experience and other significant factors. 
The determination of an appropriate level of loan and lease loss allowance is an inherently difficult process 
and is based on numerous assumptions. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, 
operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, that may be beyond our control and 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
these losses may exceed current estimates. While we believe that our allowance for loan and lease losses is 
adequate to cover current losses, we cannot assure you that we will not increase the allowance for loan and 
lease losses further or that regulators will not require us to increase our allowance. Either of these 
occurrences could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations 
would not affect cash flow directly. 

If the risks inherent in construction lending are realized, our net income could be adversely 

affected.  

At December 31, 2007, our construction loans were $366.7 million, or 29.7% of our total loans 

and leases held, and the average loan size of our construction loans was $3.6 million. The risks inherent in 
construction lending include, among other things, the possibility that contractors may fail to complete, or 
fail to complete on a timely basis, construction of the relevant properties; substantial cost overruns in 
excess of original estimates and financing; market deterioration during construction; and a lack of 
permanent take-out financing. Loans secured by these properties also involve additional risk because the 
properties have no operating histories. In these loans funds are advanced upon the security of the project 
under construction, which is of uncertain value prior to completion of construction, and the estimated 
operating cash flow to be generated, by the completed project. The borrowers’ ability to repay their 
obligations to us and the value of our security interest in the collateral will be materially adversely affected 
if the projects do not generate sufficient cash flow by being either sold or leased.  

If the appraised value of our real property collateral is greater than the proceeds we realize from a 

sale or foreclosure of the property, we may suffer a loss in our loan portfolio.  

In considering whether to make a loan on or secured by real property, we require an appraisal on 

such property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the 
appraisal is made. If the appraisal does not reflect the amount that may be obtained upon any sale or 
foreclosure of the property, we may not realize an amount equal to the indebtedness secured by the 
property and we may suffer a loss in our loan portfolio.   

Adverse economic conditions in Asia could impact our business adversely.  

We estimate that at December 31, 2007, approximately 54% of our non-governmental deposits 

and 20% of our loans were with customers from the Chinese-American market. We believe these 
customers maintain significant ties to many Asian countries and, therefore, could be affected by economic 
and other conditions in those countries. We cannot predict the behavior of the Asian economies. U.S. 
economic policies, the economic policies of countries in Asia, domestic unrest and/or military tensions, 
crises in leadership succession, currency devaluations, and an unfavorable global economic condition may 
among other things adversely impact the Asian economies. We generally do not loan to customers or take 
collateral located outside of Southern California. However, if Asian economic conditions should 
deteriorate, we could experience an outflow of deposits by our Chinese-American customers. In addition, 
adverse economic conditions could prevent or delay these customers from meeting their obligations to us. 
This may adversely impact the recoverability of investments with or loans made to these customers. 
Adverse economic conditions may also negatively impact asset values and the profitability and liquidity of 
companies operating in Asia, which will also impact the Bank’s liquidity.  

At December 31, 2007, approximately $91.6 million, or 7.4%, of our loan portfolio consisted of 

loans made to finance international trade activities. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in 
interest rates, governmental regulation of international trade activities, currency valuation, price 
competition, competition from other financial institutions and general economic and political conditions 
could negatively impact the amount of goods imported to and exported from the United States, the ability 
of borrowers to repay loans made by us, and the number and extent of importers’ and exporters’ need for 
our trade finance activities. It is possible that if the U.S. dollar weakens against other foreign currencies, 
the cost of imported goods will increase, which could have an adverse impact on some of our customers 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
who import goods for resale in the United States. Such factors could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

If we cannot attract deposits, our growth may be inhibited.  

We plan to increase significantly the level of our assets, including our loan portfolio. Our ability 

to increase our asset base depends in large part on our ability to attract additional deposits at attractive 
rates. We intend to seek additional deposits by continuing to establish and strengthening our personal 
relationships with our customers and by offering deposit products that are competitive with those offered 
by other financial institutions in our markets. We cannot assure you that these efforts will be successful. 
Our inability to attract additional deposits at competitive rates could have a material adverse effect on our 
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

We rely primarily on large certificates of deposits to fund our operations, and the potential 
volatility of such deposits and the unavailability of any such funds in the future could adversely impact our 
growth strategy and prospects.  

We primarily rely on deposits, in particular certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, or Jumbo 
CDs, to fund our operations. At December 31, 2007, we held $639.5 million of Jumbo CDs, representing 
51% of total deposits. These deposits are considered by the banking industry to be volatile and could be 
subject to withdrawal. Withdrawal of a material amount of such deposits would adversely impact our 
liquidity, profitability, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

Our inability to raise additional capital when needed or on favorable terms could inhibit our 

growth and could harm our operations.  

To the extent that our deposits and total assets continue to grow, we may need to increase our 

capital in order to maintain our compliance with regulatory capital requirements. We may also need 
additional capital to fund growth in our loan portfolio or in the event we are unable to attract sufficient 
deposits in order to fund our growth. We cannot predict the timing and amount of our future capital 
requirements. If our capital needs exceed our earnings, we may seek funding through the capital markets; 
however, we may not be able to obtain capital when we need to or when it would be advantageous for us to 
do so. Failure to raise capital when needed could limit or eliminate our ability to grow, or in extreme 
instances, materially adversely affect our operations. Moreover, even if capital is available, it may be upon 
terms that are not favorable to existing common shareholders and could dilute their interest.  

Our inability to manage our growth could harm our business. 

Our financial performance and profitability depend on our ability to execute our corporate growth 

strategy. We anticipate that our asset size and deposit base will continue to grow over time, perhaps 
significantly. In addition to seeking deposit and loan and lease growth in our existing markets, we intend to 
pursue expansion opportunities through strategically placed new branches, or by acquiring branch locations 
that we find attractive. Continued growth, however, may present operating and other integration problems.  
Our growth plans may place a strain on our administrative, operational, staffing and financial resources and 
increase demands on our systems and controls.  To manage the expected growth of our operations and 
personnel, we will be required to, among other things:  

• 

improve existing and implement new transaction processing, operational and financial 
systems, procedures and controls; 

•  maintain effective underwriting guidelines; and  

• 

expand our employee base and train and manage this growing employee base.  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
The following risks, associated with our growth, internally or by acquisition, could have a material 

adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the potential disruption of our ongoing business 

our inability to continue to upgrade or maintain effective operating and financial control 
systems 

our inability to recruit and hire necessary personnel or to successfully integrate new personnel 
into our operations 

our inability to successfully integrate the operations of an acquired business or to manage our 
growth effectively 

the inability of our management to maximize our financial and strategic position after 
acquisitions by successful implementation of uniform product offerings and the incorporation 
of uniform technology into our produce offerings, services and control systems 

the inability to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies and the 
impairment of relationships with employees and customers as a result of changes in 
management 

our inability to respond promptly or adequately to the emergence of unexpected expansion 
difficulties 

We cannot assure you that we will be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems 
encountered in connection with implementing our internal growth strategies.  If we are unable to manage 
our growth effectively, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be 
materially adversely affected.  

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology 

from third-party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in or break of those systems.  

We rely on communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology 

from third-party service providers, and we may suffer an interruption in or break of those systems that may 
result in lost business and we may not be able to obtain substitute providers on terms that are as favorable 
if our relationships with our existing service providers are interrupted. We rely heavily on third-party 
service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems 
technology, including customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing and loan 
origination systems. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures 
or interruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, servicing and/or loan 
origination systems. We cannot assure you that such failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do 
occur, that they will be adequately addressed by us or the third parties on which we rely. The occurrence of 
any failures or interruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, 
results of operations and cash flows. If any of our third-party service providers experience financial, 
operational or technological difficulties, or if there is any other disruption in our relationships with them, 
we may be required to locate alternative sources of such services, and we cannot assure you that we could 
negotiate terms that are as favorable to us, or could obtain services with similar functionality as found in 
our existing systems without the need to expend substantial resources, if at all. Any of these circumstances 
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash 
flows.  

35 

 
 
 
 
 
The U.S. government’s monetary policies or changes in those policies could have a major effect 
on our operating results, and we cannot predict what those policies will be or any changes in such policies 
or the effect of such policies on us.  

Our earnings will be affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal 

policies of the U.S. government and its agencies. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Bank, or 
the FRB, have had, and will continue to have, an important effect on the operating results of commercial 
banks and other financial institutions through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, 
among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession.  

The monetary policies of the FRB, affected principally through open market operations and 

regulation of the discount rate and reserve requirements, have had major effects upon the levels of bank 
loans, investments and deposits. For example, in 2004-2006, seventeen increases in the Fed Funds rate by 
the Federal Open Market Committee placed tremendous pressure on the profitability of many financial 
institutions because of the resulting contraction of net interest margins. It is not possible to predict the 
nature or effect of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.  

We are subject to extensive government regulation which may hamper our ability to increase our 

assets and earnings and could result in a decrease in the value of your shares.  

Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by federal, state and local governmental 
authorities and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements 
and restrictions on part or all of our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules 
and regulations and supervisory guidance and policies applicable to us are subject to regular modification 
and change, which may have the effect of increasing or decreasing the cost of doing business, modifying 
permissible activities or enhancing the competitive position of other financial institutions. These laws are 
primarily intended for the protection of consumers, depositors and the deposit insurance funds and not for 
the protection of shareholders of bank holding companies or banks. Perennially, various laws, rules and 
regulations are proposed which, if adopted, could impact our operations by making compliance much more 
difficult or expensive, restricting our ability to originate or sell loans or further restricting the amount of 
interest or other charges or fees earned on loans or other products. We cannot assure you that these 
proposed laws, rules and regulations or any other laws, rules or regulations will not be adopted in the 
future, which could make compliance much more difficult or expensive, restrict our ability to originate 
loans, further limit or restrict the amount of commissions, interest or other charges earned on loans 
originated by us or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or 
cash flows.  

We are exposed to risk of environmental liability with respect to properties to which we take title.  

In the course of our business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing our loans. 
If hazardous substances were discovered on any of the properties, we may be held liable to governmental 
entities or to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred 
by these parties in connection with environmental contamination or may be required to investigate or clean 
up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. Many environmental laws can impose 
liability regardless of whether we knew of or were responsible for the contamination. In addition, if we 
arrange for the disposal of hazardous or toxic substances at another site, we may be liable for the costs of 
cleaning up and removing those substances from the site, even if we neither own nor operate the disposal 
site. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially limit use of 
properties we acquire through foreclosure, reduce their value or limit our ability to sell them in the event of 
a default on the loans they secure. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement 
policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability.  

Negative publicity could damage our reputation. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative publicity or public opinion, 
is inherent in our business.  Negative publicity or public opinion could adversely affect our ability to keep 
and attract customers and expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences.  Negative public 
opinion could result from our actual or perceived conduct in any number of activities, including lending 
practices, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing 
or inadequate protection of customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and 
community organizations in response to that conduct. 

 Terrorist attacks may have  depressed the economy in the past and if there are additional terrorist 

events especially in our market, the economy could be adversely affected.  

The possibility of further terrorist attacks, as well as continued terrorist threats, may create and 

perpetuate this economic uncertainty. Future terrorist acts and responses to such activities could adversely 
affect us in a number of ways, including an increase in delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults that could 
result in a higher level of non-performing assets, net charge-offs and provision for loan losses. 

Executive Officers of the Bank 

The following table sets forth our executive officers, their positions and their ages.  Each officer is 

appointed by our Board of Directors and serves at their pleasure. 

Name 

Age (1)

Position with Bank                   

Li Yu ........................  

[67] 

Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer  

Edward J. Czajka .....  

[43] 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Nick Pi……….......... 

[47]  

Executive Vice President and  Group Manager 

(1)    As of March 13, 2008. 

Li Yu has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since 1993. From December 1991 to 
the present, he has served as Chairman of our Board of Directors. From 1987 to 1991, he was involved in 
several privately held companies of which he was the owner. From 1982 to 1987, he served as Chairman of 
the Board of California Pacific National Bank, which became a part of Bank of America. Mr. Yu received 
a Masters of Business Administration, or MBA, from the University of California, Los Angeles. He was 
also the past President of the National Association of Chinese American Bankers, and is currently a 
member of the Board of Visitors of UCLA’s Anderson Graduate School of Management.  

Edward J. Czajka has been Senior Vice president and Chief Financial Officer since 2006. Before 

joining Preferred Bank, Mr. Czajka was Chief Financial Officer of Presidio Bank, a San Francisco-based 
bank that was then in organization. In this capacity, he was responsible for overall operations 
implementation and all back office functions including information technology, human resources, 
accounting and branch operations. Prior to this, Mr. Czajka was Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer of North Valley Bancorp, a publicly-traded multi-bank holding company located in 
Redding, California. From 1994 through 2000, Mr. Czajka held the position of Vice President, Corporate 
Controller for Pacific Capital Bancorp in Santa Barbara, California. 

Nick Pi has been our Executive Vice President and Group Manager since 2006 and our Senior 

Vice President and Corporate Banking Officer from 2003 to 2006. Before joining Preferred Bank, Mr. Pi 
was the Senior Vice President and Commercial Real Estate Lending Team Leader of Chinatrust Bank 
(U.S.A.) from 2000 to 2003.  Prior to this, he held various corporate titles from Assistant Vice President to 
Senior Vice President at Chinatrust bank (U.S.A.), mainly in the branch operation and lending fields from 
1995 to 2000.  His lending and credit experience also includes Grand Pacific Financing Corporation from 

37 

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1989 to 1995, an affiliate of China Trust Group. Mr. Pi received a BA degree in Business School from 
National Taiwan University, Taiwan and a MBA degree from Emporia State University.     

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

On October 10, 2007 we purchased a branch office in Irvine at 890 Roosevelt Avenue for 
$2,282,000 to move our branch office from our leased premises to this new location. We moved to the new 
branch in February 2008. As a result of this purchase we entered into a modification of our lease agreement 
at our Irvine leased premises that calls for the termination of that lease being moved up to February 29, 
2008. We lease all of our other branch facilities. On March 9, 2007 we entered into a fifth amendment to 
our lease on our corporate headquarters suite that calls for us to move the headquarters and main branch 
office from the 20th floor at 601 S. Figueroa Street, Los Angeles, California to the 29th floor in the same 
building, increasing our space from 15,648 square feet to 22,627 square feet. We moved to the new 
location in February 2008. This lease now expires in August of 2020.  The total lease expense for this 
office for 2007 was $359,000.  

At December 31, 2007, we maintained ten full-service branch offices in Alhambra, Century City, 
City of Industry, Torrance, Arcadia, Irvine, Diamond Bar, Valencia, Santa Monica and Chino, California 
all of which we lease.  We believe that no single lease is material to our operations.  

We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our present purposes.  We believe that, if 

necessary, we could secure alternative facilities on similar terms without adversely affecting our 
operations. Total lease expense was $1,397,000 for the year ended December 31, 2007 and $1,308,000 for 
December 31, 2006.   

The following table provides certain information with respect to our leased branch locations. 

L

ocation 

A

ddress 

38 

Current 
Lease 
Term  
Expiration 

Square 
Footage 

Total 
Deposits at  
December 31, 
2007 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Los Angeles County 

Alhambra ............................................... 325 E. Valley Blvd. 
Arcadia .................................................. 1469 S. Baldwin Avenue 
Century City .......................................... 1801 Century Park East, Suite 100 
City of Industry ..................................... 17515-A Colima Road 
Diamond Bar  ........................................ 1373 S. Diamond Bar Blvd. 
Los Angeles (Head Office & branch).... 601 S. Figueroa Street, 29th Floor 
Santa Monica......................................... 524 Wilshire Blvd. 
Torrance ................................................ 3501 Sepulveda Blvd., Suite 107 
Valencia................................................. 24501 Town Center Drive, Suite 103 

Orange County 

Date 

03/31/09 
02/28/08 
06/30/11 
03/14/15 
11/30/09 
08/31/20 
08/31/12 
06/30/16 
11/30/11 

Irvine ..................................................... 2301 Dupont Drive, Suite 150 

02/29/08 

Irvine (Purchased Branch Premises) ..... 890 Roosevelt Ave. 

N/A 

San Bernardino County 

(in thousands) 

$192,341 
83,430 
63,623 
120,974 
86,431 
364,663 
46,619 
192,647 
1,542 

61,872 

— 

6,000 
2,600 
4,416 
5,610 
3,440 
22,627 
1,355 
4,800 
2,926 

  3,584 

  4,960 

Chino ..................................................... 3926 Grand Avenue, #E 

10/14/10 

  2,973 

37,866 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

From time to time we are a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of 

business. There are no pending legal proceedings or, to the best of our knowledge, threatened legal 
proceedings, to which we are a party which may have a material adverse effect upon our financial 
condition, results of operations and business prospects. 

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

There was no submission of matters to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the 

year ended December 31, 2007. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED   
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY 
SECURITIES 

Market Information 

Our Common Stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on February 15, 2005 

under the symbol “PFBC.”  Prior to being listed on the Nasdaq National Market, our common stock was 
listed for trading on the OTC Bulletin Board under the symbol “PFBL.”  While listed for trading on the 
OTC Bulletin Board, there was limited trading at widely varying prices and on a number of days, there 
were no trades at all in our common stock.  

The initial public offering price of our common stock on February 14, 2005 was $25.33 per share. 

Our common stock closed at $16.90 on March 13, 2008 and there were 9,776,007 outstanding shares of 
our common stock. The number of shares and per share data has been adjusted to reflect our February 20, 
2007 three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a dividend.  

The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our common stock for the periods 
indicated as reported by the NASDAQ, as well as the cash dividends declared per share during the last two 
years:  

2006 

First Quarter…………. 
Second Quarter………. 
Third Quarter………… 
Fourth Quarter……….. 

2007 

First Quarter…………. 
Second Quarter………. 
Third Quarter………… 
Fourth Quarter……….. 

High 

Low 

$34.00 
$36.11 
$41.53 
$40.70 

$44.84 
$41.61 
$43.44 
$41.00 

$29.42 
$32.91 
$35.28 
$35.29 

$36.09 
$36.04 
$35.05 
$24.51 

Cash 
Dividends 
 Declared  

$0.13 
$0.13 
$0.13 
$0.14 

$0.17 
$0.17 
$0.17 
$0.17 

The above sales prices and cash dividends declared per share amounts have been retroactively 

adjusted to reflect our February 2007 three-for-two stock split.  

Holders 

As of March 13, 2008, 9,776,007 shares of the Bank’s common stock were held by 114 

shareholders of record. 

Dividends 

On January 22, 2008 we declared a cash dividend in the amount of $0.17 per share. The cash 

dividend was paid on February 19, 2008 to stockholders’ of record at the close of business on February 5, 
2008.   

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We began paying dividends on a quarterly basis in the first quarter of 2005, subject to regulatory, 

capital and contractual constraints. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will, however, be at 
the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our earnings, financial condition, results of 
operations, capital requirements, available investment opportunities, regulatory restrictions, contractual 
restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Accordingly, there can be no 
assurance that any stock or cash dividends will be declared in the future, and if any are declared, what 
amount they will be.  

Because we are a California state-chartered bank, our ability to pay dividends or make 
distributions to shareholders is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code. California 
Financial Code Section 642 restricts the amount available for cash dividends by state-chartered banks to 
the lesser of: (1) retained earnings; or (2) the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years (less any 
distributions to shareholders made during such period).  

However, Section 643 of the California Financial Code provides that notwithstanding the 

provisions of Section 642, a state-chartered bank may, with the prior approval of the California 
Commissioner, make a distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the greater of:  

• 

• 

• 

retained earnings;  

net income for a bank’s last preceding fiscal year; or  

net income of the bank for its current fiscal year.  

If the California Commissioner finds that the shareholders’ equity of the Bank is not adequate or 

that the payment of a dividend would be unsafe or unsound for the Bank, the California Commissioner may 
order the Bank not to pay a dividend to the Bank’s shareholders.  

As of December 31, 2007, we could have paid $50 million in dividends without the approval of 

the California Commissioner.  

In addition, under California law, the California Commissioner has the authority to prohibit a 
bank from engaging in business practices which the California Commissioner considers to be unsafe or 
injurious to its business or financial condition. It is possible, depending on our financial condition and 
other factors, that the California Commissioner could assert that the payment of dividends or other 
payments to our shareholders might under some circumstances be unsafe or injurious to our business or 
financial condition and prohibit such payment.  

The FDIC also has the authority to prohibit a bank from engaging in business practices which the 

FDIC considers to be unsafe or unsound. It is possible, depending upon our financial condition and other 
factors, that the FDIC could assert that the payment of dividends or other payments might under some 
circumstances be such an unsafe or unsound practice and prohibit such payment.  

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuer’s Purchases of Equity Securities.    

As part of the stock repurchase plan announced in June 2007, the Bank repurchased the 

following shares during the third and fourth quarters of 2007: 

Date
July 30, 2007 
July 31, 2007 
August 1, 2007 
August 3, 2007 
August 7, 2007 
August 8, 2007 
August 9, 2007 
August 10, 2007 
August 13, 2007 
August 15, 2007 
October 26, 2007 
October 29, 2007 
October 30, 2007 
October 31, 2007 
November 1, 2007 
November 2, 2007 
November 5, 2007 
November 6, 2007 
November 8, 2007 
November 9, 2007 
November 13, 2007 
November 14, 2007 
November 15, 2007 
November 16, 2007 
November 19, 2007 
November 20, 2007 
November 21, 2007 
November 23, 2007 
November 29, 2007 
November 30, 2007 
December 4, 2007 
December 5, 2007 
December 6, 2007 
December 7, 2007 
Total 

Number of Shares
4,400 
13,500 
6,600 
13,900 
4,200 
13,900 
15,000 
8,000 
15,000 
5,500 
14,900 
14,900 
6,260 
7,700 
19,200 
15,900 
5,700 
19,200 
25,100 
16,800 
22,500 
5,100 
14,300 
5,500 
7,800 
31,100 
21,500 
19,600 
22,700 
21,600 
26,100 
26,100 
14,200 
      16,240
    500,000 

Total Cost
$         171,820 
527,175 
258,971 
540,204 
164,682 
536,041 
571,397 
307,520 
557,170 
206,889 
474,714 
464,300 
194,368 
239,778 
593,576 
477,289 
169,000 
544,049 
673,154 
441,948 
582,950 
134,461 
397,214 
156,260 
219,348 
873,179 
593,280 
537,951 
592,892 
569,221 
692,694 
691,680 
379,736 
            437,254
$     14,972,165 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans.   

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2007 regarding equity compensation 

plans under which equity securities of the Bank were authorized for issuance.  

Plan Category
Equity incentive plans approved by security holders 
Equity incentive plans not approved by security holders 

Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding 
options 
(a) 
1,107,900 
                   —  
       1,107,900 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding 
options 
(b) 
      $26.69 
             — 

Number of securities 
available for future 
issuance under equity 
compensation plans 
excluding securities 
reflected in column (a) 
(c) 
883,250 
                   —
       883,250 

The shares data reflected above has been adjusted to reflect our February 20, 2007 three-for-two 

stock split effected in the form of a dividend.  

Stock Performance Graph 

The following graph shows a comparison of stockholder return on the Bank’s common stock 
based on the market price of the common stock assuming the reinvestment of dividends, for the period 
beginning February 15, 2005 assuming an investment of $100 in each as of February 15, 2005. The Bank 
is not included in either of these indices. Total shareholder return for the Bank, as well as for the indices, is 
based on the cumulative amount of dividends for a given period (assuming dividend reinvestment) and the 
difference between the share price at the beginning and at the end of the period.  This graph is historical 
only and may not be indicative of possible future performance of the common stock.  

Preferred Bank

Total Return Perf

ormance

Preferred Bank

NASDAQ Composite

NASDAQ Bank Index

SNL Bank and Th

rift

 Index

350

300

250

200

150

100

l

e
u
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

50
02/14/05

12/31/05

06/30/06

12/31/06

06/30/07

12/

31/07

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index 
Preferred Bank 
NASDAQ Composite 
NASD
AQ Bank Index 
SNL Ba

nk and Thrift Index 

02/14/05
100.00  
100.00
100.0
0 
100.0
0  

12/31/05
204.71  
105.88 
99.09 
102.84  

Period Ending 
06/30/06
248.61  
104.2804.28 
2.83 
10
0  
108.2

12/31/06
280.61  
115.9
6 
109. 9 
9
120.17  

06/
30/07
282.59  
124.98 
101.41 
5.12  
11

12/31/07
185.81  
127.34 
85.72
91.64  

ITEM 6.   SELECTE

D FINANCIAL 

DATA 

The following 

should read our select
m
ore detailed inform
Discussion and Analysis of
Form 10-K 

table shows our selected

ed historical financial d
ation in our consolidated fi

 histori
ata, togeth
nanc
 Financial ondition and 

cal financi
 with
er
ial statem
Resul

al data
d cated.  
 the notes th
n ion wi
ents and related notes and “Managem
ts of Operat n  included elsewhere in this 

ods in i
 in conju ct

 for the peri
  ereto,

You 
th the 
ent’s 

io s”

 C

Our finan
for the years ended
financial statements included els

cial condition data s o
 Dece

 a

ewh e i

er n this Form 10-K. 

f December 3 ,

1  20

07 and 200 an our stateme t o ncome data

6  d 

mber 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 have been derived from

 our audit d 

torical 

n
f i
e his

Our financial con

income data for the
financial statements that ar

dition data s of Dec
 a
m
d

 year ended Dece ber 31, 2004 and  00
K. 

1  2005, 
ember 3 ,
2
 this Form 10-

e not inclu ed in

2004 an  2
3 have been e

d 003 an
 d riv

d our st te

a ment o
ed from our u ted historica
 a di

f 

l 

At or f

or

 th Year Ended D em r 31,  

be

ec

e 

2007 

2006 

2005 

(Dollar n

s i

 th us

o and, except per  a

sh re d

2004 

ata) 

2003 

Financial Condition Data: 
Total assets 
Total deposits 
Investments securities available-for- 

sale, at fair value sale 

Loans and leases, gross 
Cash and due from banks 
Other real estate owned(1)
Shareholders’ equity 

Statement of Income Data: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 
Net interest income after provision 

for loan and lease losses 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income before provision for 

income taxes 

Provision for income taxes 
Net Income 

$ 1,542,610 
1,253,110 

$ 1,348,841 
1,161,344 

$ 1,136,720 
975,467  

$     907,270 
801,535 

$    761,825 
662,812 

245,268 
1,233,099 
22,803 
8,444 
152,952 

$    112,607 
         44,199
68,408 
           4,900

63,508 
3,090 
        21,461

45,137 
         18,670
 $      26,467 

198,689 
997,317 
26,878 
— 
145,932 

$      90,262 
       31,424
58,838 
         1,960

56,878 
3,028 
        20,017

39,889 
        16,538
$      23,351 

162,935 
771,143 
25,123 
— 
123,846 

$      60,082 
       16,062
44,020 
         2,110

41,910 
3,868 
        17,571

28,207 
        11,382
$      16,825 

164,635 
615,961 
35,212 
8,258 
76,808 

$      38,643 
         7,447
31,196 
         1,550

29,646 
4,199 
        15,339

18,506 
         7,354
$      11,152 

155,869 
504,053 
22,960 
8,258 
67,736 

$      34,376 
        8,696
25,680 
         2,100

23,580 
4,923 
        13,774

14,729 
         5,696
$       9,033 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2007 

At or for the Year Ended December 31, 
2005 

2004 

2006 

2003 

Share Data: 

Net income per share, basic(2) (10)
Net income per share, diluted(2) (10)
Book value per share(3) (10)
Shares outstanding at period end(10)
Weighted average number of shares 

outstanding, basic(2) (10)

Weighted average number of shares 

outstanding, diluted(2) (10)

Selected Other Balance Sheet Data(4): 

Average assets 
Average earning assets 
Average shareholders’ equity 

Selected Financial Ratios(4): 
Return on average assets 
Return on average shareholders’ 

equity(3)

Shareholders’ equity to assets(5)
Net interest margin(6)
Efficiency ratio(7)

Selected Asset Quality Ratios: 

Non-performing loans to total loans 

and leases(8)

Non-performing assets to total 

assets(9)

Allowance for loans and lease losses 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

$          2.56 
$          2.50 
$        15.37 
9,953,532 

$           2.29 
$           2.21 
$         14.20 
10,274,706 

$           1.72 
$           1.65 
$         12.34 
10,037,856 

$           1.35 
$           1.28 
$           9.22 
8,331,273 

$           1.11 
$           1.05 
$           8.28 
8,182,473 

10,330,232 

10,194,515 

9,782,645 

8,227,597 

8,160,479 

10,580,949 

10,556,282 

10,195,958 

8,713,851 

8,573,313 

$ 1,405,311 
1,362,433 
156,217 

$  1,180,749 
1,142,126 
134,384 

$  1,006,222 
969,019 
110,250 

$    840,265   
791,227 
71,896 

$     752,097   

707,588 
63,704 

1.88% 

1.98% 

1.67% 

1.33% 

1.20% 

16.94 
9.92 
5.02 
30.02 

17.38 
10.82 
5.15 
32.35 

15.26 
10.90 
4.54 
36.69 

15.51 
8.47 
3.94 
43.34 

14.18 
8.89 
3.63 
45.01 

1.69% 

         0.11% 

            —%  

0.06% 

0.20% 

         1.90  

         0.08  

             — 

          0.95 

          1.22 

to total loans and leases 

         1.21 

         1.03 

          1.16 

          1.09 

          1.22 

Allowance for loans and lease losses 

to non-performing loans 
Net charge-offs (recoveries) to 
average loans and leases 

       71.27 

     913.93 

             — 

   1,758.64 

      616.80 

         0.02 

         0.08 

         (0.02) 

          0.18 

          1.11 

(1)  These amounts include all property held by us as a result of foreclosure.  
(2)  Net income per share, basic is based on the weighted average shares of common stock outstanding during the 
period. Net income per share, diluted is based on the weighted average shares of common stock plus common 
stock equivalents determined using the treasury stock method.  

(3)   Book value per share represents our shareholders’ equity divided by the number of shares of common stock issued 
and outstanding at the end of the period indicated (exclusive of shares exercisable under our stock option plans).  
(4)  Average balances used in this chart and throughout this annual report are based on daily averages. Percentages as 
used throughout this annual report have been rounded to the closest whole number, tenth or hundredth as the case 
may be.  

(5)  For a discussion of the components of the capital ratios, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 

Condition and Results of Operations—Capital Resources.”  

(6)  Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average total interest-earning assets.  
(7)  The efficiency ratio is the ratio of noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income before the 

provision for credit losses plus noninterest income.  

(8)  Non-performing loans consist of loans on nonaccrual and loans past due 90 days or more and restructured debt.  
(9)  Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans, restructured debt and other real estate owned.   
(10)   Adjusted to reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of a dividend, distributed on February 20, 2007. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL 

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Our discussion and analysis of earnings and related financial data are presented herein to assist 
investors in understanding the financial condition of our Company at December 31, 2007 and 2006, and 
the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. This discussion should be 
read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes of our Company 
presented elsewhere herein. Historical share and per share data has been adjusted to reflect our February 
2007 three-for-two stock split. 

Overview   

We experienced growth in assets, loans, deposits and net income, and improvements in our 

efficiency ratio, however, as a result of the rapid slowdown in the real estate market, deteriorating 
economic conditions, and volatile interest rate movements, we identified some negative trends in certain of 
our performance metrics. For example: 

•  Our net interest margin decreased primarily because of rapid and significant decreases in 

interest rate during the last quarter of 2007 

•  The  provision to our allowance for loan losses was increased from 2006 reflecting the 

uncertain economic conditions, especially in the real estate market 

•  As a result of these factors our return on average assets, and return on average 

shareholders’ equity declined in 2007 compared to 2006 

•  The level of non-performing loans increased significantly during 2007 to a level much 

higher than in prior periods  

•  A significant portion of our loan growth in 2007 was attributed to growth in our real 

estate loan portfolio.  If negative developments in the real estate market that started in the 
last quarter of 2007 continue in 2008, continued loan growth from this sector may not be 
repeated at the same level, if at all. 

•  Our loan-to-deposit ratio ended at maximum levels in 2007, reflecting an emphasis on 

low-cost deposit generation and alternative sources of funds to support continued growth 
in our loan portfolio, which can be adversely affected by trends in interest rates. 

If general economic conditions and the real estate market continue to deteriorate, these trends 

could continue and intensify and we could experience other negative effects in our performance. 

We derive our income primarily from interest received on our loan and investment securities 

portfolios, and fee income we receive in connection with servicing our loan and deposit customers. Our 
major operating expenses are the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, and the salaries and related 
benefits we pay our management and staff. We rely primarily on locally-generated deposits, most of which 
we receive from the Chinese-American market within Southern California, to fund our loan and investment 
activities.  

For the year-ended December 31, 2007 the Bank recorded net earnings of $26.5 million as 
compared to $23.4 million for December 31, 2006 representing a 13.3% increase from 2006. The increase 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
in net earnings during 2007 is primarily due to an increase in our net interest income as a result of growth 
in our loan and deposit portfolio. See —“Results of Operation”.  

For the year-ended December 31, 2006 the Bank recorded net earnings of $23.4 million as 
compared to $16.8 million for December 31, 2005 representing a 39% increase from 2005.The increase in 
net earnings during   2006 is primarily due to an increase in our net interest income as a result of growth in 
our loan and deposit portfolio and the Bank’s asset sensitive balance sheet in the rising interest rate 
environment.   

In response to changes in interest rates, we changed the mix of our assets by accelerating the 

growth of our loan originations, especially commercial real estate loans, reducing the amount of federal 
funds sold and investing in higher-yielding investment securities. We expect to try to increase deposits and 
other funding sources to fund additional loan growth which we expect will slow during 2008.  

Critical Accounting Policies  

Our accounting policies are integral to understanding the financial results reported. Our most 

complex accounting policies require management’s judgment to ascertain the valuation of assets, liabilities, 
commitments and contingencies. We have established detailed policies and control procedures that are 
intended to ensure valuation methods are well controlled and consistently applied from period to period. In 
addition, these policies and procedures are intended to ensure that the process for changing methodologies 
occurs in an appropriate manner. The following is a brief description of our current accounting policies 
involving significant management valuation judgments.  

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses  

The allowance for loan and lease losses, or ALLL, represents our best estimate of losses inherent 

in the existing loan and lease portfolio. The allowance for loan and lease losses is increased by the 
provision for loan and lease losses charged to expense and reduced by loans and leases charged off, net of 
recoveries.  

We evaluate our allowance for loan and lease losses quarterly. We believe that the allowance for 
loan and lease losses is a “critical accounting estimate” because it is based upon management’s assessment 
of various factors affecting the collectability of the loans and leases, including current economic 
conditions, past credit experience, delinquency status, the value of the underlying collateral, if any, and a 
continuing review of the portfolio of loans and leases.  

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an ALLL based on a number of quantitative and 

qualitative factors. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability 
of the loan and lease portfolio and that evaluation is based on historical loss experience and other 
significant factors. These other significant factors include the level and trends in delinquent, non-accrual 
and adversely classified loans and leases, trends in volume and terms of loans and leases, levels and trends 
in credit concentrations, effects of changes in underwriting standards, policies, procedures and practices, 
national and local economic trends and conditions, changes in capabilities and experience of lending 
management and staff and other external factors including industry conditions, competition and regulatory 
requirements.  

We cannot provide you with any assurance that further economic difficulties or other 

circumstances which would adversely affect our borrowers and their ability to repay outstanding loans and 
leases will not occur. These difficulties or other circumstances could result in increased losses in our loan 
and lease portfolio, which could result in actual losses that exceed reserves previously established.  

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Securities 

We assess, at each reporting date, whether there is an “other-than-temporary” impairment to our 

investment securities. Such impairment is recognized in current earnings rather than in other 
comprehensive income. We examine all individual securities that are in an unrealized loss position at each 
reporting date for other-than-temporary impairment. Specific investment level factors we examine to assess 
impairment include the severity and duration of the loss, an analysis of the issuer of the securities and if 
there has been any cause for default on the securities and any change in the rating of the securities by the 
various rating agencies. Additionally, we reexamine the financial resources and overall ability the Bank has 
and the intent management has to hold the securities until their fair values recover. 

In November 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) Nos. FAS 115-1 and 124-1 to address 

the determination as to when an investment is considered impaired, whether that impairment is other than 
temporary and the measurement of an impaired loss.  This FSP nullified certain requirements of Emerging 
Issues Task Force 03-1 The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain 
Investments (EITF 03-1), and references existing guidance on other than temporary impairment.  
Furthermore, this FSP creates a three step process in determining when an investment is considered 
impaired, whether that impairment is other than temporary, and the recognition of impairment loss equal to 
the difference between the investment’s cost and it’s fair value.  The FSP is effective for reporting periods 
beginning after December 15, 2005.  The adoption of this FSP did not have a material impact on the 
Company’s financial condition or results of operations.  

Stock Split Effected in the form of a Stock Dividend 

On January 25, 2007 Preferred Bank announced that its Board of Directors had approved a 3-

for-2 stock    split to be effected in the form of a stock dividend. Each stockholder of record at the close 
of business on February 5, 2007 received one additional share of common stock for every two shares of 
common stock that they owned as of such date. The additional shares were distributed on February 20, 
2007. A stockholder who would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share of common stock 
received in lieu thereof, cash in a proportional amount based on the closing price of the common stock on 
the Nasdaq Stock Exchange on the record date.  After giving effect to the stock split, we have 
retroactively adjusted the number of common shares outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005 to 
10,274,632 and 10,037,782, respectively. Accordingly, all references in the accompanying statement of 
financial condition, results of operations and statement of changes in shareholders’ equity to the number 
of common stock shares and earnings per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted for all period 
presented. As a result of the stock split, and in accordance with the 1992 Equity Incentive Stock Option 
Plan, the Interim Plan, and the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, all outstanding stock options and exercise 
prices were adjusted based on the same 3-for-2 formula. 

Results of Operations  

The following tables summarize key financial results for the periods indicated: 

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 

2005 

2007 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Net income 
Net income per share, basic(1)
Net income per share, diluted(1)
Return on average assets 
Return on average shareholders’ equity 

$ 26,467  
$     2.56 
$     2.50 

1.88% 
16.94% 

$  23,351  
$      2.29 
$      2.21 

  $  16,825 
  $      1.72 
  $      1.65 

1.98% 
17.38% 

1.67% 
15.26% 

 (1)  Adjusted to reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of dividend, distributed on February 20, 2007. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Statement of Income Data: 
Interest income           
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income before income taxes 
Income taxes 
Net income 

Net income per share, basic(1)
Net income per share, diluted(1)

Year Ended December 31, 

2007 

2006 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

$    112,607 
       44,199
68,408 
         4,900
63,508 
3,090 
       21,461
45,137 
       18,670
$     26,467 

$         2.56 
$         2.50 

$     90,262 
       31,424
58,838 
         1,960
56,878 
3,028 
       20,017
39,889 
       16,538
$     23,351 

$         2.29 
$         2.21 

$     22,345 
       12,775
9,570 
         2,940
6,630 
62 
       1,444
5,248 
       2,132
$     3,116 

$         0.27 
$         0.29 

(1)  Adjusted to reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of dividend distributed on February 20, 2007 

Net income increased 13.3% to $26.5 million, or $2.50 per diluted share, for the year-ended 

December 31, 2007, from $23.4 million, or $2.21 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2006. 
Our return on average assets was 1.88% and return on average shareholders’ equity was 16.94% for the 
year ended December 31, 2007, compared to 1.98% and 17.38%, respectively, for the year ended 
December 31, 2006.  

Net income improved in 2007 from 2006, principally as a result of an increase in net interest 
income by $6.6 million, partially offset by a $2.9 million increase in the provision of credit losses, an 
increase in noninterest expense by $1.4 million and an increase in the provision for income taxes by $2.1 
million. 

The $6.6 million, or 12%, increase in net interest income was primarily as a result of the growth in 

the loan portfolio across all loan products partially offset by a decrease in the net interest margin of 16 
basis points.  Our overall cost of funds in 2007 increased by 57 basis points to 4.40%, compared to 3.83% 
for 2006 while yields on earning assets increased 34 basis points to 8.27% from 7.93%. The combined 
impact of a rising interest rate environment in late 2006 and increased competition in the deposit market 
were the primary drivers of our increased cost of funds during 2007.  

As of December 31, 2007, 84% of our loan portfolio was tied to the Prime Rate, which has the 

potential to re-price daily, and 14% was tied to the London Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, or other 
indices, which re-price periodically. Approximately 37% of our loan portfolio had a floor interest rate at 
various levels, which would provide us with some protection in a falling interest rate environment should 
the Prime Rate decline to a level below the floor interest rate. Approximately 1% of our loan portfolio had 
interest rate ceilings at various rates limiting the amount of interest rate increases that can be passed on to 
the borrower. Our weighted average maturity of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2007 was 3.7 
months. As a result, our interest-bearing liabilities generally re-price slower than our loan portfolio and our 
net income has been negatively impacted by the declining rate environment during 2007.  

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2005 

Statement of Income Data: 
Interest income           
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income before income taxes 
Income taxes 
Net income 

Net income per share, basic(1)
Net income per share, diluted(1)

Year Ended December 31, 

2006 

2005 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

$     90,262 
       31,424
58,838 
         1,960
56,878 
3,028 
       20,017
39,889 
       16,538
$     23,351 

$         2.29 
$         2.21 

$     60,082 
       16,062
44,020 
         2,110
41,910 
3,868 
       17,571
28,207 
       11,382
$     16,825 

$         1.72 
$         1.65 

  $    30,180 
        15,362
        14,818 
            (150) 
        14,968 
            (840) 
          2,446
         11,682 
          5,156
  $      6,526 

$        0.57 
$        0.56 

(1)   Adjusted to reflect 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of dividend distributed on February 20, 2007. 

Net income increased 39.3% to $23.4 million, or $2.21 per diluted share, for the year ended 

December 31, 2006, from $16.8 million, or $1.65 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2005. 
Our return on average assets was 1.98% and return on average shareholders’ equity was 17.38% for the 
year ended December 31, 2006, compared to 1.67% and 15.26%, respectively, for the year ended 
December 31, 2005.  

Net income improved significantly in 2006 from 2005, principally as a result of an increase in net 
interest income of $14.8 million, partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense of $2.4 million and 
an increase in the provision for income taxes of $5.2 million. 

The $14.8 million, or 34%, increase in net interest income was primarily as a result of the growth 
in the loan portfolio across all loan products coupled with a 61 basis point improvement in our net interest 
margin. Our overall cost of funds in 2006 increased by 152 basis points to 3.83%, compared to 2.31% for 
2005. The combined impact of a rising interest rate environment and increased competition in the deposit 
market were the primary drivers of our increased cost of funds during 2006. 

As of December 31, 2006, 85% of our loan portfolio was tied to the Prime Rate, which re-prices 
daily, and 13% was tied to the London Interbank Offer Rate, or LIBOR, or other indices, which re-price 
periodically. Approximately 37% of our loan portfolio had a floor interest rate at various levels, which can 
provide us with protection in a falling interest rate environment should the Prime Rate decline to a level 
below the floor interest rate. Approximately 1% of our loan portfolio had interest rate ceilings at various 
rates limiting the amount of interest rate increases that can be passed on to the borrower. Our weighted 
average maturity of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2006 was 4 months. As a result, our interest-
bearing liabilities generally re-price much slower than our loan portfolio and our net income should be 
positively impacted by a rising interest rate environment.  

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin  

Year ended December 31, 2007 compared to 2006 

Net interest income before the provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2007 

increased $9.6 million, or 16.3%, to $68.4 million from $58.8 million for the year ended December 31, 
2006. This increase was due to an increase in interest income of $22.5 million, partially offset by an 
increase in interest expense of $12.8 million. Total interest expense increased primarily as a result of 
increases in interest rates on time certificates of deposit maturing and being replaced at current prevailing 
rates. The $22.5 million increase in total interest income was due to both an increase in interest rates on 
loans and a shift in asset mix from overnight investments such as fed funds to loans.   

The average yield on our interest-earning assets increased to 8.27% in the year ended December 

31, 2007 from 7.93% in the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was mainly due to slightly higher 
rates earned on the investment portfolio as well as a shift in earning assets away from fed funds and into 
loans.  

The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities increased to 4.40% in the year ended December 31, 

2007 from 3.83% in the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily driven by generally 
higher rates paid on deposits during 2007 over 2006 which is partially a result of higher market rates and 
increased competition for deposit dollars from banks and thrifts.  

Year ended December 31, 2006 compared to 2005 

Our net interest income before the provision for loan and lease losses for the year ended 
December 31, 2006 increased $14.8 million, or 34%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. 
This increase was due to an increase in interest income of $30.2 million, partially offset by an increase in 
interest expense of $15.4 million. Total interest expense increased primarily as a result of increases in 
interest rates on time certificates of deposit maturing and being replaced at current prevailing rates. The 
$30.2 million increase in total interest income was due to both an increase in interest rates and an increase 
in the volume of loans.  Rising short-term interest rates also contributed to the increase in total interest 
income. 

The average yield on our interest-earning assets increased significantly to 7.93% in the year ended 
December 31, 2006 from 6.23% in the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was mainly due to the 
rising interest rate environment with lower rate loans maturing and being replaced by loans at higher 
prevailing rates, as well as investment securities maturing or being called and reinvested at higher 
prevailing rates.  

The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities increased to 3.83% for the year ended December 
31, 2006 from 2.31% for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was primarily driven by rising 
interest rates with lower cost time deposits maturing and being replaced at higher prevailing rates.  

Our interest income, interest expense, net interest income, and net interest margin are influenced 

by the distribution of our assets and liabilities and the income earned and costs incurred on such assets and 
liabilities. The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the information regarding the distribution 
of average assets, liabilities and shareholders’ equity, as well as the net interest income from average 
interest-earning assets and the resulting yields expressed in percentages. Non-accrual loans are included in 
the calculation of average loans and leases while non-accrued interest thereon is excluded from the 
computation of yields earned. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 2007 

Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Average 
Balance

Interest Income 
or Expense

Average 
Yield or 
Cost

Average 
Balance

Interest 
Income or 
Expense

Average 
Yield or 
Cost

(Dollars in thousands) 

Year Ended December 31, 2005 
Interest 
Income or 
Expense

Average 
Yield or 
Cost

Average 
Balance

ASSETS 

Interest-earning assets: 

Loans and leases (2) (3)
Investment securities (1)
Federal funds sold  
Certificates of deposits with 

other banks 

Other earning assets (4)
Total interest-earning assets  

Noninterest-earning assets: 

 $1,103,248 
      211,228 
        43,278 

  $   98,817 
   11,818 
     2,268 

8.96% 
5.59% 
5.24% 

 $   867,672 
      179,533 
        89,322 

   $ 77,186 
    8,793 
    4,377 

8.90% 
4.90% 
4.90% 

  $    692,320 
         166,991 
         101,754 

   $ 50,443 
    6,445 
    3,264 

             399
      4,280

          22 
           214

5.51% 
5.00%  

          2,401
      3,590

       108 
          189

             4,716 

4.50% 
5.26%             3,238  

       144 
       108

 $1,362,433 

  $113,139 

8.30% 

 $1,142,528 

   $ 90,653 

7.93% 

   $   969,019 

   $ 60,404 

Cash and due from banks 
Other assets 
Total assets 

  22,943 
  19,931  

 $1,405,307 

        24,228 
        13,993
 $1,180,749 

          23,873 
          13,330
  $1,006,222 

LIABILITIES AND 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 

Deposits: 

 $     31,489 
Interest-bearing demand 
        99,551 
Money market 
        91,717 
Savings 
Time certificates of deposit 
      739,696
Total interest-bearing deposits        962,453 

   $      458 
        2,210 
        3,494 
      36,263
      42,425 

 $     26,353 
1.45% 
      106,962 
2.22% 
3.81% 
        67,317 
4.90%       597,504
      798,136 
4.41% 

   $      316 
        2,140 
        2,427 
      25,675
      30,558 

  $      26,757 
        121,444 
          38,346 

   $      149 
1.20% 
        1,304 
2.00% 
3.61% 
           511 
4.30%         493,510       13,610
      15,574 
3.83% 

        680,057 

Short-term borrowings 

          6,249 

           295 

4.72% 

          1,071 

             58 

5.42% 

               302 

             11 

Long-term debt 

        35,608

        1,479

4.15%         21,233

           808

3.81%           14,636            477

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

   1,004,310 

      44,199 

4.40% 

      820,440 

      31,424 

3.83% 

        694,995 

      16,062 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities: 
Demand deposits 
Other liabilities 
Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and  

      220,050 

  24,732  

   1,249,092

156,215 

shareholders’ equity 

 $1,405,307 

      207,685 
        18,237
   1,046,362
 $   134,387 

 $1,180,749 

        184,102 
          16,875  
        895,972  
  $    110,250 

  $1,006,222 

7.29% 
3.86% 
3.21% 

3.05% 
3.34%

6.23% 

0.56% 
1.07% 
1.33% 
2.76%
2.29% 

3.64% 

3.26%

2.31% 

Net interest income 

Net interest spread 

Net interest margin  

  $ 68,940   

  $ 59,229 

  $ 44,342 

3.90% 

5.06% 

4.10% 

5.18% 

3.92% 

4.58% 

 (1)  Yields on securities have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis. 
(2) 
(3)  Net loan and lease fees of $2.2 million, $4.5 million and $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, 2006 

Includes average non-accrual loans and leases.   

and 2005, respectively, are included in the yield computations.  
Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock. 

(4) 

While our interest income increased, primarily due to increased loan volume and rising interest 

rates, increases in interest expense on our deposits reflecting increases on rates primarily on our time 
certificates of  deposit, caused our net interest margin to decrease from 5.18% in 2006 to 5.02% in 2007.In 
addition to the distribution, yields and costs of our assets and liabilities, our net income is also affected    
by changes in the volume of and rates on our assets and liabilities. The following table shows the change in 
interest income and interest expense and the amount of change attributable to variances in volume, rates 
and the combination of volume and rates based on the relative changes of volume and rates. 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31, 

2007 vs. 2006 

Net Change

Rate

Volume

  Net Change

2006 vs. 2005 
Rate

Volume

(In thousands) 

  $    21,631 
          3,025 
        (2,109) 

  $       213 
        1,340 
           286 

$ 21,418 
     1,685 
    (2,395) 

  $    26,743 
          2,269 
          1,113 

  $  13,967 
        1,785 
        1,511 

$ 12,776 
        484 
       (398) 

             (86) 
              25
       22,486

             20 
             (1) 
        1,858

       (106) 
          26 
   20,628

             (36) 
              81
       30,170

             35 
             69
      17,367

         (71) 
          12 
   12,803

Interest income: 

Loans and leases 
Investment securities(1)
Federal funds sold  
Interest-bearing deposits 

with other banks 
Other earning assets  
Total interest income  

Interest expense: 

Interest-bearing demand 
Money market 
Savings 
Time certificates of 

deposit 

Short-term borrowings 
Long-term debt 
Total interest expense 
Net interest income 

             142 
               70 
          1,108 

        10,547 
             237 
             671
        12,775
  $      9,711 

             74
           225 
           190 

          68
       (155) 
        918 

        3,934 
              (8) 
             80
         4,495
  $   (2,637) 

     6,613 
        245 
        591
     8,280
$ 12,348 

            167 
            836 
         1,916 

       12,065 
              47 
            331
       15,362
  $   14,808 

          169
          991 
       1,530 

           (2)
       (155) 
        386 

       9,197 
            19 
          116 
     12,023
  $   5,344 

     2,868 
          28 
        215
     3,339
$   9,464 

 (1)  Amounts have been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis. 

As reflected above, due to our decision to increase our loan originations and to change the mix of 

our investment portfolio by increasing the amount of higher yielding investment securities, most of the 
increase in the net interest income during 2007 was attributable to the increases in the rate on interest-
earning assets which offset the increases in the cost of time certificates of deposit and savings.  

Provision for Credit Losses  

The provision for loan and lease losses in each period is a charge against earnings in that period. 
The provision is that amount required to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that, in 
management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the loan and lease 
portfolio.  

The provision for credit losses for 2007 increased $2.9 million to $4.9 million from $1.96 million 

for 2006. The bank’s net loans and lease charge-offs decreased $423,000 to $240,000 during 2007 from 
$663,000 in 2006. The increase in the provision for credit losses during 2007 is due to a higher level of 
classified assets identified during 2007 and is the result of the application of management’s established 
allowance for loan and lease loss methodology. Although net loan and lease charge-offs decreased for the 
same period, the application of the methodology’s quantitative and qualitative components resulted in 
management’s judgment that the provision and overall level of reserve is adequate for losses estimated to 
be inherent in the portfolio as of December 31, 2007.   

The provision for credit losses for 2006 decreased slightly by $150,000 to $1.96 million from 

$2.11 million for 2005. The bank’s net loans and lease charge-offs increased $768,000 to $663,000 during 
2006 from a $105,000 recovery in 2005. The decrease in the provision for credit losses during 2006 is the 
result of the application of management’s established allowance for loan and lease methodology. Although 
net loan and lease charge-offs increased for the same period, the application of the methodology’s 
quantitative and qualitative components resulted in management’s judgment that the provision and overall 
level of reserve was adequate for losses inherent in the portfolio as of December 31, 2006.  

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest Income  

We earn noninterest income primarily through fees related to:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

services provided to deposit customers 

services provided in connection with trade finance 

services provided to current  loan customers 

increases in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance policies 

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest 

income:  

Service charges and fees on deposit accounts 
Trade finance income 
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance 
Net other real estate owned income 
Other income 

Total noninterest income 

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 

2007 

2005 

$  1,696 
752 
343 
— 
        299
$  3,090 

(In thousands) 

$  1,660 
777 
326 
— 
        265
$  3,028 

$  2,297 
707 
312 
195 
       356
$  3,868 

Total noninterest income increased by $62,000 or 2%, to $3.1 million during 2007 from $3.0 
million during 2006.  The increase in noninterest income was due to a slight increase in service charge 
income of $36,000, an increase in earnings on life insurance of $17,000, an increase in other income of 
$34,000 offset by a decrease in trade finance income of $25,000.  

Total noninterest income decreased by $840,000 or 28%, to $3.0 million during 2006 from $3.9 
million during 2005.  The decrease in noninterest income was primarily attributed to a decrease in deposit 
service fee income as a result of an increase in the Bank’s earning allowance which customers earn on their 
deposits due to the rising interest rate environment.  In addition, in 2005 the Bank realized $195,000 in 
operating rental income from other real estate owned (OREO) property sold in the first quarter of 2005. 

Our results can be influenced by the unpredictable nature of gains and losses in connection with 

the sale of investment securities and other real estate owned. We do not engage in active securities trading; 
however, from time to time we sell securities in our portfolio to change the duration of the portfolio or to 
re-position the portfolio for various reasons.  It is likely we may continue this practice in the future. From 
time to time, we acquire real estate in connection with non-performing loan transactions, and sell such real 
estate to recoup a portion of the principal amount of the defaulted loans. These sales can result in gains or 
losses from time to time that are not expected to occur in predictable patterns during future periods.  

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noninterest Expense 

Noninterest expense is the cost, other than interest expense and the provision for loan and lease 

losses, associated with providing banking and financial services to customers and conducting our business.  

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest 

expense:  

Salaries and employee benefits 
Net occupancy expense 
Business development and promotion expense 
Professional fees 
Office supplies and equipment expense 
Other expense 

Total noninterest expense 

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 

2005 

2007 

$ 11,868 
2,395 
409 
2,719 
955 
     3,115
$ 21,461 

(In thousands) 

$ 12,216 
2,303 
451 
1,948 
943 
     2,156
$ 20,017 

$ 10,252 
2,163 
444 
1,534 
867 
     2,312
$ 17,571 

Total noninterest expense increased $1.4 million, or 7% to $21.5 million during 2007 from 
$20.0 million during 2006. Professional fees increased by $771,000 to $2.7 million during 2007 from $1.9 
million in 2006 mainly due to increased audit fees and the cost of compliance with Section 404 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, we began to outsource our internal audit function during 2007 the cost of 
which was also included in professional fees. Other expense increased by $959,000 to $3.1 million during 
2007 from $2.2 million in 2006 primarily due to a $289,000 charge and a $332,000 charge representing the 
write-down to fair value of two investment securities which management had deemed to be other than 
temporarily impaired. Salaries and benefits decreased $348,000 due primarily to a decrease in bonus 
expense in accordance with the Bank’s incentive bonus plan. We had 137 and 132 full-time equivalent 
employees at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  

Total noninterest expense increased $2.4 million, or 14%, to $20.0 million during 2006 from 

$17.5 million during 2005. Salaries and employee benefits increased $2.0 million, or 19%, primarily as a 
result of an increase in the number of employees and employee benefits. We had 132 and 122 full-time 
equivalent employees at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  Also part of the increase in salary and 
employee benefits is due to stock options expense recorded in 2006 in the amount of $752,000 as a result 
of adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) in 2006. Professional fees increased by approximately $400,000 to $1.9 
million during 2006 from $1.5 million in 2005 mainly due to the cost of preparation to implement section 
404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as well as complying with the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance 
Corporation Improvement or FDICIA and audit fees also increased significantly in connection with 
additional reporting and compliance requirements as a public company.  

Provision for Income Taxes  

We recorded an income tax provision of $18.7 million for 2007, $16.5 million for 2006 and $11.4 

million for 2005. Our effective tax rates were 41.4%, 41.5% and 40.4% for 2007, 2006 and 2005, 
respectively, as compared to the statutory tax rate of 42.05%. The difference from the statutory rate for 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2006 and 2005 is due to the nontaxable nature of income from municipal securities and earnings on cash 
surrender value of Bank-Owned Life Insurance. The effective tax rates for 2007 and 2006 were further 
impacted by stock option expense associated with the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). 

Financial Condition  

For the period between December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, our assets, loans and deposits 

grew at the rate of 14.4%, 23.6% and 7.9%, respectively.  Our total assets at December 31, 2007 were 
$1.54 billion compared to $1.35 billion at December 31, 2006. Our earning assets at December 31, 2007 
totaled $1.48 billion compared to $1.30 billion at December 31, 2006. Total deposits at December 31, 2007 
and December 31, 2006 were $1.25 billion and $1.16 billion, respectively.  

Loans and Leases  

The largest component of our assets and source of interest income is our loan portfolio. The 

following table sets forth the amount of our loans and leases outstanding at the end of each of the periods 
indicated. We had no foreign loans or energy-related loans as of the dates indicated.  

 2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

2003 

Year Ended December 31, 

Loans and leases: 
Real estate−mini-perm 
Real estate−construction 
Commercial 
Trade finance 
Consumer 
Leases receivable and other 
Total gross loans and leases 
Less: allowance for loan and lease losses
Deferred loan and lease fees, net 
Total net loans and leases 

$    518,304 
    366,706 
    255,912 
      91,565 
             44 
             568
 1,233,099 
    (14,896) 
            (682)
$  1,217,521

$ 438,280 
   271,021 
   201,385 
     86,067 
            45 
          519
   997,317 
    (10,236) 
      (1,759) 
$ 985,322 

(In thousands) 

$ 372,251 
   171,646 
   149,428 
     76,700 
          121 
          997
   771,143 
      (8,939) 
      (1,537) 
$ 760,667 

$ 358,220 
   112,002 
     98,547 
     45,951 
          222 
       1,018
   615,960 
     (6,724) 
     (2,383) 
$ 606,853 

$ 250,993 
     94,816 
   117,607 
     37,829 
          348 
       2,460
   505,053 
     (6,168) 
     (1,395) 
$ 496,490 

Total gross loans and leases increased by $235.8 million, or 23.6% during 2007 from the prior 
year. This growth is due to what was primarily a strong real estate market through most of 2007. In the 
latter part of 2007 the residential real estate market weakened considerably and loan growth during the 
fourth quarter slowed down to 3.8%. We had an increase of $226.2 million, or 29.3% between December 
31, 2006 and 2005 which was due to a concerted marketing effort as well as a very strong real estate 
market. 

Our real estate mini-perm loan portfolio grew significantly during 2007 by $80 million or 18.3% 

to $518.3 million from $438.3 million at December 31, 2006. For the prior four years between 2006 and 
2003 the growth trend for our real estate mini-perm has been as follows: during the year 2006 it grew by 
$66.0 million, or 17.7%, to 438.3 million from $372.3 million at December 31, 2005, during 2005 it grew 
by $14.0 million, or 3.9%, from $358.2 million at December 31, 2004, during 2004 it grew by $107.2 
million, or 42.7% from $251.0 at December 31, 2003.  We believe this growth reflects a combination of 
our marketing efforts as well as a previously strong real estate market.  

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table provides information about our real estate mini-perm portfolio by property 

type:  

Property Type

Commercial/Office 
Industrial 
Retail 
Apartment 4+ 
Residential 1-4 
Land/Special purpose 
Total 

At December 31, 2007 

Amount 
(Dollars in thousands) 

64,450 
76,968 
61,512 
68,493 
56,635 
              190,246
              518,304 

$

$

Percentage of Loans in 
Each Category in Total 
Loan Portfolio 

                 5.23% 
                  6.24 
                  4.99 
                  5.55 
                  4.59 
                15.43
                42.03% 

During 2007 real estate construction loans grew by $95.7 million or 35.3% to $366.7 million at 

December 31, 2007 from $271.0 million at December 31, 2006, and grew in 2006 by $99.4 million or 
57.9%, from $171.6 million at December 31, 2005, and grew in 2005 by $59.6 million, or 53.2%, from 
$112.0 million at December 31, 2004. We expect the construction portfolio will slowly decrease in total 
balances and will decrease as percentage of the total loan portfolio as construction transactions have 
slowed down considerably amid the current uncertain real estate market.  

Commercial loans outstanding at December 31, 2007 increased significantly by $54.5 million, or 
27.1%, to $255.9 million at December 31, 2007 from $201.4 million at December 31, 2006, and increased 
by $51.9 million, or 34.8%, to $201.4 million at December 31, 2006 from $149.4 million at December 31, 
2005. Total commercial loan commitments (including undisbursed amounts) at December 31, 2007 
increased $31.4 million or 9.2% to $371.6 from $340.2 million at December 31, 2006 while the rate of 
credit utilization increased to 68.9% as of December 31, 2007 from 59.2% at December 31, 2006.  We 
believe that this increase in utilization is a result of an increase in the number of commercial customers and 
is consistent with the rest of the market. Subject to market conditions and interest rates, we intend to 
expand our commercial loans in the future through enhanced marketing efforts and expansion of our 
branch network.  

Trade finance loans increased $5.5 million or 6.4% during 2007 to $91.6 million from $86.1 

million at December 31, 2006, and grew in 2006 by $9.4 million, or 12.2%, from $76.7 million at 
December 31, 2005. We believe this increase is due to higher utilization of existing credit lines as well as 
the addition of new customers comparable to that of our commercial loan customers as well as our 
continued caution in the application of our underwriting standards. It is possible that if the U.S. dollar 
continues to weaken against other foreign currencies, as it did during 2007, the cost of imported goods will 
increase, which could have an adverse impact on some of our customers who import goods for resale in the 
United States.  

Leases receivable and other loans increased during 2007 by $48,000, or 8.5%, to $612,000 at 
December 31, 2007 and declined during 2006 by $554,000, or 49.6%, to $564,000 from December 31, 
2005.   

Non-Performing Assets  

Generally, loans and leases are placed on non-accrual status when they become 90 days or more 

past due or at such earlier time as management determines timely recognition of interest to be in doubt. 
Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan or lease when management believes, after considering 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
economic conditions, business conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is 
such that collection of interest is doubtful.  

As of December 31, 2007 we had one OREO property for $8.4 million as compared to none as of 

December 31, 2006.  In 2005 we sold an OREO property that had been generating income for the bank. 
For the years-ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, we had no OREO income as compared to 
$195,000 of OREO income realized for the year-ended December 31, 2005. The OREO property owned as 
of December 31, 2007 consists of approximately 15 acres of property in the Oakland Hills area in the East 
Bay of California. There is one completed luxury single family residence and 7 lots totaling 3.5 acres and a 
parcel of 11.6 acres currently zoned for 38 property sites. Our goal is to obtain a zoning change on the 11.6 
acres to multi-family townhomes or condos and then obtain the entitlements on the entire property and then 
dispose of the property. On an as-is basis, the property appraised at $9.3 million as of August 13, 2007. 

We record OREO properties at the lower of the carrying value of the loan or fair market value of 

the property based on current appraisals, less estimated selling costs.  

The following table summarizes the loans and leases for which the accrual of interest has been 
discontinued and loans and leases more than 90 days past due and still accruing interest, including those 
loans and leases that have been restructured, and OREO: 

2007 

Year Ended December 31, 
2005 

2006 

2004 

2003 

Non-accrual loans and leases, not restructured 
Accruing loans and leases past due 90 days or more 
Restructured loans and leases 
Total non-performing loans (NPLs) 
OREO 

Total non-performing assets (NPAs) 

  $  20,900 
— 
—  

     20,900 
8,444
  $  29,344

  $  1,120 
— 
—  

     1,120 

—  
  $  1,120  

  $  — 
— 
—  
— 
—  
  $  —  

 $ 

382 
— 
—  
382 
8,258(2)  
 $  8,641  

  $  1,000 
— 
—

     1,000(1)
8,258(2)

  $  9,258

(Dollars in thousands) 

Selected ratios: 
NPLs to total gross loans and leases held for investment 
NPAs to total assets 
______________________________ 

(1)  Represents the UAL Leveraged Lease.  
(2)  Represents 60 Federal. 

   1.69% 
   1.90% 

0.11% 
0.08% 

0.00%  
0.00%  

0.06% 
0.95% 

0.20%
1.22%

The amount of interest income that we would have recorded on the non-accrual and impaired 

loans and leases had the loans and leases been current totaled $546,000, $41,000, $0, $15,000 and 
$132,000 for 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively. All payments received on loans classified as 
non-accrual are applied first to principal.  

Impaired Loans and Leases  

Impaired loans and leases are commercial, commercial real-estate, other real-estate related and 

individually significant mortgage and consumer loans and leases for which it is probable that we will not 
be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. The 
category of impaired loans and leases is not comparable with the category of non-accrual loans and leases, 
although the two categories overlap. Non-accrual loans and leases include impaired loans and leases that 
are not reviewed on an individual basis for impairment. Management may choose to place a loan or lease 
on non-accrual status due to payment delinquency or uncertain collectability, while not classifying the loan 
or lease as impaired if it is probable that we will collect all amounts due in accordance with the original 
contractual terms of the loan or lease or the loan.  

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
 
    
 
   
 
    
    
    
    
   
    
 
 
    
 
   
 
   
 
   
   
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
In determining whether or not a loan or lease is impaired, we apply our normal loan and lease 

review procedures on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration the circumstances surrounding the loan 
or lease and borrower, including the collateral value, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior 
payment record, the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed and the length of 
the delay. We measure impairment on a loan-by-loan basis using either the present value of expected future 
cash flows discounted at the loan’s or lease’s effective interest rate or at the fair value of the collateral if 
the loan or lease is collateral dependent, less estimated selling costs. Loans or leases for which an 
insignificant shortfall in amount of payments is anticipated, but where we expect to collect all amounts due, 
are not considered impaired.  

We had $20.9 million, $1.1 million and $800,000 of impaired loans or leases at December 31, 

2007, 2006, and 2005 respectively. The total allowance for loan and lease losses related to these loans and 
leases were $3,233,000, $11,000 and $300,000 at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

At December 31, 2007, we had $20.9 million of outstanding loans disclosed above as non-accrual 
loans which management questions the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment 
terms.  These consisted of three commercial loans totaling $6.5 million and two loans totaling $14.4 
million that are secured by real estate. 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses  

The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s 
judgment, is adequate to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The amount 
of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of the loan and lease portfolio 
and that evaluation is based on historical loss experience and other significant factors. These other 
significant factors include the level and trends in delinquent, non-accrual and adversely classified loans and 
leases, trends in volume and terms of loans and leases, levels and trends in credit concentrations, effects of 
changes in underwriting standards, policies, procedures and practices, national and local economic trends 
and conditions, changes in capabilities and experience of lending management and staff and other external 
factors including industry conditions, competition and regulatory requirements.  

We must maintain an adequate allowance for loan and lease losses, or ALLL, based on a 

comprehensive methodology that assesses the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The 
appropriateness of both the methodology and the adequacy of the ALLL are the responsibility of the Chief 
Credit Officer under the supervision of our board of directors. Each quarter end, our Chief Credit Officer 
must assess the methodology and adequacy of the ALLL, representing that they comply with applicable 
banking regulations and generally accepted accounting principles.  

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an ALLL based on a number of quantitative and 

qualitative factors, including those discussed above. Provisions for loan and lease losses are provided on 
both a specific and general basis. Specific allowances are provided for specific credits for which the 
expected/anticipated loss is measurable. General valuation allowances are based on the historical loss 
experience in those categories covering the most recent eight quarters, as well as factors noted above.  

59 

 
 
 
 
 
The table below summarizes loans and leases, average loans and leases, non-performing loans and 

leases and changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses arising from loan and lease losses and 
additions to the allowance from provisions charged to operating expense: 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss History 

Allowance for loan losses: 

Balance at beginning of period 
Actual charge-offs: 

Commercial 
Trade finance 
Construction 
Real estate (mini-perm) 
Leveraged lease 
Other (credit card) 
Total charge-offs 

Less recoveries: 
Commercial 
Trade finance 
Construction 
Real estate (mini-perm) 
Leveraged leases 
Other 

Total recoveries 
Net loans charged-off (recovered) 
Provision for credit losses 
Balance at end of period 

2007 

2006 

Year Ended December 31, 
2005 
(Dollars in thousands) 

2004 

2003 

  $  10,236 

  $  8,939 

  $  6,724   

  $  6,168 

  $  9,257 

240 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  
240 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  
—  
240 
4,900  

273 
390 
— 
— 
— 
—  
663 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  
—  
663 
1,960  

  $  14,896 

  $  10,236 

5 
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  
5   

110   
— 
— 
— 
— 
—  
110  
(105) 
2,110  
  $  8,939   

103 
— 
— 
— 
1,000 

—  

1,103 

106 
— 
— 
— 
— 
3  
109  
994 
1,550  

  $  6,724 

39 
74 
— 
— 
5,232 
—
5,345 

45 
111 
— 
— 
— 
—

156
5,189 
2,100
  $  6,168 

Total gross loans and leases at end of period 
Average total loans and leases 
Non-performing loans and leases 

1,233,099 
1,103,248 
20,900 

997,317 
867,674 
1,120 

771,143 
692,320 
— 

615,961 
541,402 
382 

504,053 
466,793 
1,000 

Selected ratios: 

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average 

loans and leases 

Provision for allowance for credit losses 

to average loans and leases 

Allowances for credit losses to loans 

and leases at end of period  
Allowance for credit losses to non-
performing loans and leases 

0.02% 

0.44% 

1.21% 

0.08%   

(0.02)%   

0.18%  

1.11%   

0.23% 

1.03% 

0.30% 

1.16% 

0.29%

1.09%

0.45% 

1.22% 

71.27% 

913.93% 

n.m.   

1758.64%

616.80%

The allowance for loan and lease losses of $14.9 million at December 31, 2007, represented 

1.21% of total loans and leases and 71.27% of non-performing loans and leases.  At December 31, 2006 
the allowance for loan and lease losses totaled $10.2 million or 1.03% of total loans and leases, net of 
deferred fees and costs, and 913.93% of non-performing loans and leases as of that date. At December 31, 
2005, the allowance for loan and lease losses totaled $8.9 million, or 1.16% of total loans and leases, net of 
deferred fees and costs. Net charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans and leases were 0.02% for the year-
ended December 31, 2007 compared to 0.08% for the year-ended December 31, 2006. See “Critical 
Accounting Policies,” and Note 3 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
   
 
  
 
 
    
   
    
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
    
 
    
 
 
  
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
In allocating our allowance for loan and lease losses, management has considered the credit risk in 
the various loan and lease categories in our portfolio. As such, the allocations of the allowance for loan and 
lease losses are based upon average historical net loan and lease loss experience and the other factors 
discussed above. While every effort has been made to allocate the allowance to specific categories of loans, 
management believes that any allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses into loan categories 
lends an appearance of precision that does not exist.  

The following table reflects management’s allocation of the allowance and the percent of loans in 

each category to total loans and leases as of each of the following dates:  

2007 

2006 

  Allocation 

of the 
Allowance 

  Allocation 

of the 
Allowance 

  Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
in Total 
Loans 

  Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
in Total 
Loans 

$ 3,095 
803 

20.8% 
5.4 

$ 2,262 
897 

20.2% 
8.6 

At December 31, 
2005 

2004 

2003 

  Allocation 

of the 
Allowance 

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
in Total 
Loans 
(Dollars in thousands) 
$ 2,312 
1,231 

    19.4% 
     9.9 

Allocation 
of the 
Allowance 

  Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
in Total 
Loans 

  Allocation 

of the 
Allowance 

$ 1,511 
645 

16.0% 
7.5 

$ 1,390 
438 

6,213 

41.7 

3,169 

27.2 

1,837 

1,064 

18.2 

508 

4,779 
1 
5 
— 

$   14,896   

32.1 
0.0 
0.0 
0.0 
100.0% 

3,822 
3 
4 
79    

$   10,236   

43.9 
0.0 
0.1 
0.0
100.0% 

3,513 
5 
6 
35
  $  8,939 

    22.3 

    48.2 
      0.1 
      0.1 
      0.0
100.0% 

3,456 
7 
4 
37

  $   6,724 

58.1 
0.1 
0.1 
0.0
100.0% 

2,132 
861 
12 
827

$   6,168  

Percent of 
Loans in 
Each 
Category 
in Total 
Loans 

     23.3%
       7.5 

     18.8 

     49.8 
       0.4 
       0.2 
       0.0
100.0% 

Commercial* 
Trade finance* 
Real estate 
construction
* 
Real estate 
(mini-perm)* 
Lease 
Other 
Unallocated 
Total 

* 

These categories include watch list credits. 

As noted above, we reserved for the UAL Leveraged Lease in 2002 and 2003 and wrote off the 

remaining balance  in 2003 and 2004.  

Allowance for Losses Related to Undisbursed Loan and Lease Commitments  

We maintain a reserve for undisbursed loan and lease commitments. Management estimates the 

amount of probable losses by applying the loss factors used in our allowance for loan and lease loss 
methodology to our estimate of the expected usage of undisbursed commitments for each loan and lease 
type. The allowance for undisbursed loan and lease commitments totaled $100,000, $70,000, $110,000 and 
$200 at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005 and 2004 respectively. 

Investment Securities Available for sale  

Our portfolio of investment securities consists primarily of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. 
Government agencies securities, investment grade corporate notes, mortgage-backed securities, municipal 
bonds and FHLMC preferred stock, which is included in other securities. We carry our entire securities 
portfolio as available-for-sale securities. We invest in securities to generate interest income and to maintain 
a liquid source of funding for our lending and other operations, including withdrawals of deposits. We do 
not engage in active trading in our investment securities portfolio. While management has the intent and 
ability to hold all securities until maturity, we have realized and from time to time may realize gains from 
sales of selected securities primarily in response to changes in interest rates.  At December 31, 2007, 
investment securities classified as available-for-sale with a carrying value of $152.4 million were pledged 
to secure public deposits. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The carrying value of our investment securities at December 31, 2007 totaled $245.3 million 
compared to $198.7 million at December 31, 2006.  During 2007, our investment securities portfolio 
increased which reflects continuing growth in our deposits and a strategic decision to maintain liquidity. 
The carrying value of our portfolio of investment securities at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was as 
follows: 

U.S. Government agencies 
Corporate notes 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Municipal securities 
Other securities 

  $ 

Total securities available-for-sale 

  $ 

2007 

131,032 
30,191 
32,583 
46,553 
4,909
245,268 

Estimated Market Value 
At December 31, 
2006 

2005 

(In thousands) 
142,106 
16,657 
17,200 
19,308 
3,418
198,689 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

85,238 
36,463 
16,003 
19,387 
5,844
162,935 

The following table shows the maturities of investment securities at December 31, 2007, and the 

weighted average yields of such securities (municipal security yields are on a tax-equivalent basis):  

At December 31, 2007 

Within One 
Year 

After One Year 
but within 
Five Years 

After Five Years 
but within 
Ten Years 

After Ten 
Years 

Total 

  Amount 

  Yield 

  Amount

  Yield 

  Amount

  Yield 

  Amount 

  Yield 

  Amount

  Yield 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. Government 
agencies 
Corporate notes 
Mortgage-backed 
securities 
Municipal securities 
Other securities 
Total securities 
Available-for-sale 

  $  63,336 
     6,166 

  4.82% 
6.91 

  $  65,697   5.33% 
6.32 

5,858 

  $    1,999   5.30% 
  — 

  — 

  $        — 
  18,167 

  —% 
6.95 

  $131,032
  30,191 

     1,492 
     1,937 

  —

5.61 

3.65 
  — 

5,263 
2,136 

  —

5.59 

3.50 
  — 

8,102 
  13,112 
  —

5.67 

4.17 
  — 

  17,726 
  29,368 
4,909

6.34 

4.33 

6.01 

  32,583 
  46,553 
4,909

  $ 72,931 

  4.99% 

  $ 78,954   5.37% 

  $ 23,213   4.79% 

  $ 70,170 

  5.63% 

  $ 245,268

  5.08% 

  6.82 

  4.61 

  2.73 

  6.01 

  5.28%

The following table shows the maturities of investment securities at December 31, 2006, and the 

weighted average yields of such securities (municipal security yields are on a tax-equivalent basis):  

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within One 
Year 

After One Year 
but within 
Five Years 

At December 31, 2006 
  After Five Years 

but within 
Ten Years 

After Ten 
Years 

Total 

  Amount 

  Yield 

  Amount

  Yield 

  Amount

  Yield 

  Amount

  Yield 

  Amount 

  Yield 

(Dollars in thousands) 

  $117,284 

  — 

4.93
% 
  — 

  $  23,470  

3,098 

5.58
% 
6.07 

  $    1,352  

2,000 

3.85
% 
7.25 

  $        —   —% 

  $142,106 

11,558 

6.67 

16,656 

129 
  — 

3.35 
  — 

  — 
  — 

  — 
  — 

  — 
  — 

  — 
  — 

17,071 
19,309 

858

5.51 

  —

  — 

  —

  — 

2,560

5.89 

5.37 

6.48 

17,200 
19,309 

3,418

5.03
% 
6.63 

5.87 

5.37 

6.24 

  $ 118,271  

4.89
% 

  $ 26,568  

5.64
% 

  $   3,352  

5.88
% 

  $ 50,498  

5.90
% 

  $ 198,689 

5.26
% 

U.S. 
Government 
agencies 

Corporate 
notes 
Mortgage-
backed 
Securities 
Municipal 
securities 
Other 
securities 
Total 
securities 
available-
for-sale 

Additional information concerning investment securities is provided in Note 4 of the “Notes to 

Consolidated Financial Statements” in this annual report.   

Deposits  

Total deposits were $1.25 billion at December 31, 2007 compared to $1.16 billion at December 

31, 2006.  Noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased to $230.1 million at December 31, 2007 
compared to $225.0 million at December 31, 2006. The ratio of noninterest-bearing deposits to total 
deposits was 18.4% at December 31, 2007 and 19.4% at December 31, 2006. Interest-bearing deposits are 
comprised of interest-bearing demand deposits, money market accounts, regular savings accounts, time 
deposits of under $100,000 and time deposits of $100,000 or more.  

The following table shows the average amount and average rate paid on the categories of deposits 

for each of the periods indicated:  

2007 

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 

2005 

Average 
Balance 

Average 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Average 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Average 
Rate 

(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 220,050 

0.00% 

$ 207,685 

0.00% 

$ 184,102 

0.00% 

31,489 
99,551 
91,717 
739,696
$ 1,182,503 

1.45 
2.22 
3.81 
4.90 
4.41% 

26,353 
106,962 
67,317 
597,504
$ 1,005,821 

1.20 
2.00 
3.61 
4.30 
3.83% 

26,757 
121,444 
38,346 
493,510
$ 864,159 

0.56 
1.07 
1.33 
2.76 
2.29% 

Noninterest-bearing 
deposits 
Interest-bearing deposits 
Money market 
Savings 
Time certificates of deposit 

Total 

Average total deposits increased steadily through 2007. The increase in average total deposits for 

2007 was primarily driven by an increase of $144 million in time certificates of deposit, $23 million in 
savings and $12 million in noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Additional information concerning 
deposits is provided in Note 5 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in the annual report.  

The largest component of our deposits has been, and in the near term is likely to be, time 

certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more. We market and receive time certificates of deposit from our 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
existing and new high net worth customers, especially from the Chinese communities within our branch 
network. While we do not attempt to be a market leader in offered interest rates, we attempt to offer 
competitive rates on these time certificates of deposit within a range offered by other banks with which we 
compete.  

The following table shows the maturities of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits of 

$100,000 or more at December 31, 2007 and 2006: 

Three months or less 
Over three months through six months 
Over six months through twelve months 
Over twelve months 

Total 

Capital Resources  

At December 31, 

2007 

2006 

(In thousands) 

  $  443,511 
221,014 
119,263 

8,621  

  $  792,409 

  $  407,432 
187,890 
107,466 
9,469
  $  712,257 

Current risk-based regulatory capital standards generally require banks to maintain a ratio of 

“core” or “Tier 1” capital (consisting principally of common equity) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4%, 
a ratio of Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets (leverage ratio) of at least 4% and a ratio of total capital 
(which includes Tier 1 capital plus certain forms of subordinated debt, a portion of the allowance for loan 
and lease losses and preferred stock) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%. Risk-weighted assets are 
calculated by multiplying the balance in each category of assets by a risk factor, which ranges from zero 
for cash assets and certain government obligations to 100% for some types of loans, and adding the 
products together.  

Our goal is to exceed the minimum regulatory capital requirements for well-capitalized 

institutions. At December 31, 2007, our capital ratios were above the minimum requirements for well-
capitalized institutions. In the future, we intend to make minor adjustments and increase our investment 
securities portfolio, such as reducing our investments in corporate notes, which are 100% risk weighted 
assets, and increasing our investments in mortgage-backed securities or U.S. agency notes, which are 
generally 20% risk weighted assets. In addition, in the future, we intend to originate credit lines when 
possible for 365 days or less, which are 0% risk weighted assets, instead of 366 days or more, which are 
50% risk weighted assets. We believe that our existing capital will be sufficient for the foreseeable future 
to satisfy minimum regulatory capital requirements, including as those increase due to our presently 
anticipated growth in our loan portfolio. 

At December 31, 
2007 

At December 31, 
2006 

Leverage Ratio 
Preferred Bank ...........................................................................
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution .........
Minimum regulatory requirement ..............................................

        10.31% 
          5.00% 
          4.00% 

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio 
Preferred Bank ...........................................................................
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution .........
Minimum regulatory requirement ..............................................

       10.54% 
         6.00% 
         4.00% 

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio 
Preferred Bank ...........................................................................
Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution .........
Minimum regulatory requirement ..............................................

      11.57% 
      10.00% 
        8.00% 

        11.50% 
          5.00% 
          4.00% 

       11.52% 
         6.00% 
         4.00% 

      12.33% 
      10.00% 
        8.00% 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subsequent Events 

In accordance with the stock repurchase plan adopted by the Board of Directors in June of 2007, 

the Bank repurchased the following shares during the first quarter of 2008:

Date
February 13, 2008 
February 14, 2008 
February 19, 2008 
February 27, 2008 
February 28, 2008 
March 3, 2008 
March 4, 2008 

Number of Shares
10,300 
12,358 
5,000 
4,600 
2,367 
20,000 
100,000 

Total Cost
$         215,054 
254,564 
103,923 
88,550 
45,706 
400,000 
1,985,000 

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

The following table presents our contractual cash obligations, excluding deposits, as of December 

31, 2007:  

Amount of Commitment Expiring per Period 

Contractual Obligations (1)

Total 
Amounts 
Committed 

Less Than 
1 year 

FHLB Advances 
Operating Lease Obligations 

Total 

$     75,000 
       17,147
$     92,147

$     27,000
         1,976
$     28,976

 (1)   Contractual obligations do not include interest. 

1-3 Years 

3-5 Years 

After 5 Years 

(In thousands) 

$    48,000 
        3,764
$    51,764 

$ 
 — 
        2,787
$      2,787 

$ 
  — 
        8,620
$      8,620

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the normal course of business, we enter into off-balance sheet arrangements consisting of 

commitments to extend credit, to fund commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. The 
following table presents these off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2007:  

Amount of off-balance sheet Expiring per Period 

Total 
Amounts 
Committed 

$  425,737 
       4,642 
      12,003
$  442,382

Less Than 
1 year 

$ 338,002 
       4,642 
      10,033
$ 352,677 

1-3 Years 

3-5 Years 

After 5 Years 

(In thousands) 

$    84,445 
     — 
        1,970
$  86,415 

  $ 

     3,059 
     — 
              —  
3,059 
$ 

$ 

     231 
     — 
             —
231
$ 

Off-balance sheet arrangements 

Commitments to extend credit 
Commercial letters of credit 
Standby letter of credit 

Total 

Liquidity  

Based on our existing business plan, we believe that our level of liquid assets is sufficient to meet 

our current and presently anticipated funding needs. We rely on deposits as the principal source of funds 
and, therefore, must be in a position to service depositors’ needs as they arise. We attempt to maintain a 
loan-to-deposit ratio below approximately 95%. Due to higher growth in loans than deposits during 2007, 
our loan-to-deposit ratio was 97% at December 31, 2007 compared to 85% at December 31, 2006.  

Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, or FHLBSF, are another source 

of funding for our loan and investment activities. At December 31, 2007, we could borrow up to $161 
million with collateral of specifically identified loans and securities. In addition, we have $124 million in 
uncommitted borrowing lines with four correspondent banks all of which were used at some point in the 
fourth quarter of 2007.  We intend to explore the feasibility of utilizing the FHLBSF as a source of funding 
to a greater extent than we have in the past. As an additional condition of borrowing from the FHLBSF, we 
are required to purchase FHLB stock. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Bank was required to 
purchase the greater of; $3,512,000 of FHLB stock based on the volume of “membership assets” as defined 
by the FHLB or $940,000 in FHLB stock based on 4.7% of outstanding borrowings with the FHLB. At 
December 31, 2007, the Bank held $4,700,000 in FHLB stock. 

We also attempt to maintain a liquidity ratio (liquid assets, including cash and due from banks, 
federal funds sold and investment securities not pledged as collateral expressed as a percentage of total 
deposits) above approximately 18%. Our liquidity ratios were 19% at December 31, 2007 and 19% at 
December 31, 2006.  We believe that in the event the level of liquid assets (our primary liquidity) does not 
meet our liquidity needs, other available sources of liquid assets (our secondary liquidity), including the 
purchase of federal funds, sales of securities under agreements to repurchase, sales of unpledged 
investment securities or loans, utilizing the discount window borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank 
(where we maintain $21.8 million in collateralized borrowing capacity) and the FHLBSF, could be 
employed to meet those funding needs.  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  

Market risk is the risk of loss in a financial instrument arising from adverse changes in market 
prices and rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. Our market risk 
arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in our lending and deposit taking activities. To that end, 
management actively monitors and manages our interest rate risk exposure. We do not have any market 
risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading purposes. We manage our interest rate sensitivity by 
matching the re-pricing opportunities on our earning assets to those on our funding liabilities. Management 
uses various asset/liability strategies to manage the re-pricing characteristics of our assets and liabilities 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
designed to ensure that exposure to interest rate fluctuations is limited and within our guidelines of 
acceptable levels of risk-taking. Hedging strategies, including the terms and pricing of loans and deposits 
and managing the deployment of our securities, are used to reduce mismatches in interest rate re-pricing 
opportunities of portfolio assets and their funding sources.  

Interest rate risk is addressed by our Asset Liability Management Committee, or the ALCO, which 

is comprised of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and members of the board of 
directors. The ALCO monitors interest rate risk by analyzing the potential impact on the net portfolio of 
equity value and net interest income from potential changes in interest rates, and considers the impact of 
alternative strategies or changes in balance sheet structure. The ALCO manages our balance sheet in part to 
maintain the potential impact on net portfolio value and net interest income within acceptable ranges 
despite rate changes in interest rates.  

Our exposure to interest rate risk is monitored continuously by senior management and is 
reviewed by the ALCO at least eight times a year, and at least quarterly by our board of directors. Interest 
rate risk exposure is measured using interest rate sensitivity analysis to determine our change in net 
portfolio value and net interest income in the event of hypothetical changes in interest rates. If potential 
changes to net portfolio value and net interest income resulting from our analysis of hypothetical interest 
rate changes are not within board-approved limits, the board may direct management to adjust the asset and 
liability mix to bring interest rate risk within board-approved limits. This analysis of hypothetical interest 
rate changes is performed on a monthly basis by a third party vendor utilizing detailed data that we provide 
to them.  

Market Value of Portfolio Equity  

We measure the impact of market interest rate changes on the net present value of estimated cash 
flows from our assets and liabilities defined as market value of portfolio equity, using a simulation model. 
This simulation model assesses the changes in the market value of interest rate sensitive financial 
instruments that would occur in response to an instantaneous and sustained increase or decrease in market 
interest rates.  

The following table presents forecasted changes in net portfolio value using a base market rate 
and the estimated change to the base scenario given an immediate and sustained upward and downward 
movement in interest rates of 100 and 200 basis points at December 31, 2007.  

Interest Rate Scenario 

Up 200 basis points 
Up 100 basis points 
Base 
Down 100 basis points 
Down 200 basis points 

Market Value of Portfolio Equity 

Percentage 
Change 
from Base 

  Percentage 

of Total 
Assets 

Percentage of 
Portfolio Equity 
Book Value 

        0.57% 
        0.26 
          — 
      (0.65) 
      (6.25) 

 10.58% 
 10.55 
 10.52 
 10.45 
   9.86 

    106.71% 
    106.38 
    106.10 
    105.41 
      99.47 

Market Value 

(Dollars in 
thousands) 
   $  163,212  
   $  162,711  
   $  162,282  
   $  161,233  
   $  152,144  

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The computation of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on 

numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, asset prepayments and deposit 
decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Further, the computations do not 
contemplate any actions we may undertake in response to changes in interest rates. Actual amounts may 
differ from the projections set forth above should market conditions vary from the underlying assumptions.  

Net Interest Income  

In order to measure interest rate risk at December 31, 2007, we used a simulation model to project 
changes in net interest income that result from forecasted changes in interest rates. This analysis calculates 
the difference between net interest income forecasted using a rising and a falling interest rate scenario and 
a net interest income forecast using a base market interest rate derived from the current treasury yield 
curve. The income simulation model includes various assumptions regarding the re-pricing relationships 
for each of our products. Many of our assets are floating rate loans, which are assumed to re-price 
immediately, and to the same extent as the change in market rates according to their contracted index. 
Some loans and investment vehicles include the opportunity of prepayment (embedded options), and 
accordingly the simulation model uses national indexes to estimate these prepayments and reinvest their 
proceeds at current yields. Our non-term deposit products re-price more slowly, usually changing less than 
the change in market rates and at our discretion.  

This analysis indicates the impact of changes in net interest income for the given set of rate changes and 
assumptions. It assumes no growth in the balance sheet and that its structure will remain similar to the 
structure at year end. It does not account for all factors that impact this analysis, including changes by 
management to mitigate the impact of interest rate changes or secondary impacts such as changes to our 
credit risk profile as interest rates change. Furthermore, loan prepayment rate estimates and spread 
relationships change regularly. Interest rate changes create changes in actual loan prepayment rates that 
will differ from the market estimates incorporated in this analysis. Changes that vary significantly from the 
assumptions may have significant effects on our net interest income.  

For the rising and falling interest rate scenarios, the base market interest rate forecast was 

increased or decreased on an instantaneous and sustained basis. 

Sensitivity of Net Interest Income December 31, 2007 

Interest Rate Scenario 

Up 200 basis points 
Up 100 basis points 
Base 
Down 100 basis points 
Down 200 basis points 

Adjusted Net 
Interest Income 

(Dollars in 
thousands) 
87,173 
80,884 
75,433 
71,292 
67,489 

 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 
 $ 

Percentage 
Change 
from Base 

  Net Interest 

Margin 
Percent 

Net Interest 
Margin Change 
(in basis points) 

    15.56% 

7.23 
          — 
       (5.49) 
     (10.53) 

    5.92% 
    5.49 
    5.12 
    4.84 
    4.58 

        0.80 
        0.37 
         — 
      (0.28) 
      (0.54) 

At December 31, 2007, we had $1.37 billion in assets and $848.3 million in liabilities re-pricing 
within one year. This indicates that approximately $520.1 million more of our interest rate sensitive assets 
than our interest rate sensitive liabilities will change to the then current rate (changes occur due to the 
instruments being at a variable rate or because the maturity of the instrument requires its replacement at the 
then current rate). The ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities maturing or re-pricing 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
within one year at December 31, 2007 is 161.3%. In theory, this analysis indicates that at December 31, 
2007, if interest rates were to increase, the gap would tend to result in a higher net interest margin. 
However, changes in the mix of earning assets or supporting liabilities can either increase or decrease the 
net interest margin without affecting interest rate sensitivity. In addition, the interest rate spread between an 
asset and its supporting liability can vary significantly while the timing of re-pricing of both the asset and 
its supporting liability can remain the same, thus impacting net interest income. This characteristic is 
referred to as basis risk, and generally relates to the re-pricing characteristics of short-term funding sources 
such as certificates of deposit.  

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements  

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in 
Income Taxes” (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 is an interpretation of FAS Statement No. 109, “Accounting for Income 
Taxes.” The Interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial 
statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return and 
requires additional disclosures.  Under the new guidance, recognition is based upon whether or not a 
company determines that it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination 
based upon the technical merits of the position. In evaluating the more-likely-than-not recognition 
threshold, a company should presume the tax position will be subject to examination by a taxing authority 
with full knowledge of all relevant information. If the recognition threshold is met, then the tax position is 
measured at the largest amount of benefit that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, 
accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Interpretation is effective for fiscal years 
beginning after December 15, 2006. Management has not identified any uncertain tax positions. There are 
no unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would affect the effective tax rate. It is the policy of 
management to include any interest or penalties from income tax liabilities in the provision for income 
taxes. There are no interest and tax penalties recognized in the consolidated financial statements or results 
of operations of the Bank.  

In addition, in May 2007, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FIN 48-1, Definition of 

“Settlement” in FASB Interpretation No. 48. This FSP provides guidance on how a company should 
determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously 
unrecognized tax benefits. The FASB clarifies that a tax position could be effectively settled upon 
examination by a taxing authority. This guidance should be applied upon the initial adoption of FIN 
48. The Bank’s adoption of FIN 48 effective January 1, 2007 was consistent with this FSP. 

SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations (Revised 2007).”  SFAS 141R replaces SFAS 141, 
“Business Combinations,” and applies to all transactions and other events in which one entity obtains 
control over one or more other businesses.  SFAS 141R requires an acquirer, upon initially obtaining 
control of another entity, to recognize the assets, liabilities and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree 
at fair value as of the acquisition date.  Contingent consideration is required to be recognized and measured 
at fair value on the date of acquisition rather than at a later date when the amount of that consideration may 
be determinable beyond a reasonable doubt.  This fair value approach replaces the cost-allocation process 
required under SFAS 141 whereby the cost of an acquisition was allocated to the individual assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair value.  SFAS 141R requires acquirers to expense 
acquisition-related costs as incurred rather than allocating such costs to the assets acquired and liabilities 
assumed, as was previously the case under SFAS 141.  Under SFAS 141R, the requirements of SFAS 146, 
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” would have to be met in order to accrue 
for a restructuring plan in purchase accounting and, instead, that contingency would be subject to the 
probable and estimable recognition criteria of SFAS 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.”  The adoption of 
SFAS 141R is not expected to have a significant impact on the Bank’s financial statements. 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair 

Value Measurements (“SFAS No. 157”). The Statement provides a revised definition of fair value and 
guidance on the methods used to measure fair value. The Statement also expands financial statement 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
disclosure requirements for fair value information. The Statement establishes a fair value hierarchy that 
distinguishes between assumptions based on market data from independent sources (“observable inputs”) 
and a reporting entity’s internal assumptions based upon the best information available when external 
market data is limited or unavailable (“unobservable inputs”). The fair value hierarchy in FAS 157 
prioritizes inputs within three levels. Quoted prices in active markets have the highest priority (Level 1) 
followed by observable inputs other than quoted prices (Level 2) and unobservable inputs having the 
lowest priority (Level 3). The Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years 
beginning after November 15, 2007, with earlier application allowed for entities that have not issued 
financial statements in the fiscal year of adoption.  The Company will adopt SFAS No. 157 effective 
January 1, 2008. Adoption of SFAS No. 157 will impact our SFAS No. 107 disclosures regarding the fair 
value of financial instruments commencing with our 10-Q report for the first quarter of 2008. The Bank is 
currently assessing the impact of SFAS No.157 on its financial condition, results of operations or cash 
flows. 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets 

and Financial Liabilities. This Statement permits companies to choose to measure many financial 
instruments and certain other items at fair value. Once a company chooses to report an item at fair value, 
changes in fair value would be reported in earnings at each reporting date. This Statement is effective for 
financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with earlier application 
allowed for entities that have not issued financial statements in the fiscal year of adoption. We do not plan 
to adopt SFAS No. 159. As such, there is no impact on our financial condition, results of operation or cash 
flow. 

SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interest in Consolidated Financial Statements, an amendment of 
ARB Statement No. 51.”  SFAS 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin (ARB) No. 51, “Consolidated 
Financial Statements,” to establish accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a 
subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary.  SFAS 160 clarifies that a non-controlling interest in 
a subsidiary, which is sometimes referred to as minority interest, is an ownership interest in the 
consolidated entity that should be reported as a component of equity in the consolidated financial 
statements.  Among other requirements, SFAS 160 requires consolidated net income to be reported at 
amounts that include the amounts attributable to both the parent and the non-controlling interest.  It also 
requires disclosure, on the face of the consolidated income statements, of the amounts of consolidated net 
income attributable to the parent and to the non-controlling interest.  SFAS 160 is effective for the Bank on 
January 1, 2009, and is not expected to have significant impact on the Bank’s financial statements. 

Inflation 

The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary items held by us, the dollar value of which 

is not affected by inflation. Only a small portion of total assets is in premises and equipment. The lower 
inflation rate of recent years has not had the positive impact on us that was felt in many other industries. 
Our small fixed asset investment minimizes any material effect of asset values and depreciation expenses 
that may result from fluctuating market values due to inflation. Higher inflation rates may increase 
operating expenses or have other adverse effects on borrowers of the banks, making collection on 
extensions of credit more difficult for us. Rates of interest paid or charged generally rise if the marketplace 
believes inflation rates will increase.  

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES OF MARKET RISKS 

For quantitative and qualitative disclosures regarding market risks in our portfolio, see, 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quantitative 
and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.” 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The financial statements of the Bank, including the “Report of Independent Registered Public 

Accounting Firm,” are included in this report immediately following Part IV. 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON 

ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

 As of December 31, 2007, Preferred Bank carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and 

with the participation of Preferred Bank management, including Preferred Bank’s Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of Preferred Bank disclosure 
controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Securities and Exchange 
Commission (“SEC”) rules. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial 
Officer concluded that:  

•    Preferred Bank disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period 
covered by this report in timely alerting them to material information relating to Preferred 
Bank that is required to be included in Preferred Bank periodic SEC filings. 

•    Preferred Bank internal controls over financial reporting provide reasonable assurance 

regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

•  During the quarter ended December 31, 2007 there have been no significant changes in 
Preferred Bank internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could 
significantly affect these controls subsequent to the evaluation date. 

•  Disclosure controls and procedures are defined in the SEC rules as controls and other 

procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in Exchange Act 
reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within time periods specified in the 
SEC’s rules and forms. Preferred Bank disclosure controls and procedures were designed to 
ensure that material information related to Preferred Bank is made known to management, 
including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, in a timely manner. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

The Management of Preferred Bank is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate 

internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission.  The Bank’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to 
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial 
statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal 
control over financial reporting includes those written policies and procedures that:  

•    pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the 

transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; 

•    provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 

of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made 
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and 

•  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 

acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the 
consolidated financial statements.  

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or 
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to 
the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of 
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

Management under the supervision and with the participation of the Bank’s principal executive 

officer and principal financial officer assessed the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2007. Management based this assessment on criteria for effective 
internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment 
included an evaluation of the design of Preferred Bank’s internal control over financial reporting and 
testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management 
reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.  

Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 31, 2007, Preferred Bank 

maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.  

KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Bank’s financial 

statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10K, has issued an attestation report on the 
effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007.  This report 
which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2007 is included in this term under the heading “Report of Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Firm.” 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Preferred Bank: 

We have audited Preferred Bank’s (the Bank) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Preferred Bank's management is 
responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s 
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the 
Bank’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.   

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board  (United  States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable 
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other 
procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external 
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company's internal control over 
financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records 
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the 
company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that 
receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of 
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or 
timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a 
material effect on the financial statements.   

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk 
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance 
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Preferred Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2007,  based  on  criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Preferred Bank and subsidiary 
as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive 
income,  changes  in  stockholders’  equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period 
ended December 31, 2007, and our report dated March 13, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those 
consolidated financial statements. 

KPMG LLP 

Los Angeles, California 
March 13, 2008 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

On April 12, 2007 we submitted Form 4 “Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership of 

Securities” as a late filing for acquisition and disposal of securities with a transaction date of January 31, 
2007. The beneficial owner of the subject securities is our Chairman, President and CEO Mr. Li Yu.  On 
June 19, 2007 we submitted Form 4 “Statement of Changes in Beneficial Ownership of Securities” as a late 
filing for disposal of securities with a transaction date of March 23, 2007. The beneficial owner of the 
subject securities is Bestwood Trust 1. On November 9, 2007 we submitted Form 4 “Statement of Changes 
in Beneficial Ownership of Securities” as a late filing for acquisition of securities with a transaction date of 
October 30, 2007. The beneficial owner of the subject securities is our Chairman, President and CEO Mr. 
Li Yu. 

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

Information concerning directors and executive officers of the Bank, to the extent not included 

under “Item 1 under the heading “Executive Officers of the Bank” appearing at the end of Part I of this 
report, will appear in the Bank’s definitive proxy statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
(the “2007 Proxy Statement”), and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by 
reference from the section entitled “ELECTION OF DIRECTORS,” if filed with the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most 
recently completed fiscal year or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period.  

Code of Ethics 

The Bank has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal 

financial and accounting officer, controller, and persons performing similar functions.  The code of ethics 
is posted on our internet website at www.preferredbank.com.   

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DISCLOSURE 

Information concerning executive compensation will appear in the 2007 Definitive Proxy 
Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the 
sections entitled “COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS” and “COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICERS,” if filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to Regulation 14A not later 
than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most recently completed fiscal year or (ii) included in an 
amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on Form 10-K not later than 
the end of such 120 day period.  

In July 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission adopted new rules “Executive 

Compensation Disclosure”  that require companies to report more data on executive and director 
compensation, including the total annual compensation of the principal executive and financial officers, the 
three other highest paid executive officers, and the Bank ’s directors. The adopted rules, which do not 
differ greatly from what had been proposed in January, also revise the guidance on identifying perquisites 
and the disclosure requirements for “related person” transactions, officers’ and directors’ equity ownership, 
director independence, and the functions of board committees. The requirements affect disclosure in proxy 
statements, annual reports, registration statements, and Form 8-K reports. Effective dates vary, beginning 
as early as 59 days after the rules are published in the Federal Register. The new rules become effective 
November 7, 2006. The Bank has adopted the new rules effective December 31, 2006.  

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 

MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and 

information related to the Bank’s equity compensation plans will appear in the 2007 Proxy Statement, and 
such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference from the sections 
entitled “BENEFICIAL STOCK OWNERSHIP OF PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS AND 
MANAGEMENT” and “SECURITIES AUTHORIZED FOR ISSUANCE UNDER EQUITY 
COMPENSATION PLANS,” if filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to 
Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most recently completed fiscal year or 
(ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on Form 
10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period. 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND 

DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions will appear in the 2007 

Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference 
from the section entitled “CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS and 
“DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE,” if filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to 
Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most recently completed fiscal year, or 
(ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on Form 
10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

Information concerning principal accountant fees and services will appear in the 2007 Definitive 

Proxy Statement, and such information either shall be (i) deemed to be incorporated herein by reference 
from the section entitled “INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS,” if filed with the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the Bank’s most 
recently completed fiscal year or (ii) included in an amendment to this report filed with the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation on Form 10-K/A not later than the end of such 120 day period. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)(1) Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..................................................................................... 78 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2007 and 2006 .................................................. 79 
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2007,  

2006 and 2005.................................................................................................................................................... 80 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 

and 2005............................................................................................................................................................. 81 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 ........................ 82 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ............................................................................................................. 83 

Page

(a)(2)  Financial statement schedules 

Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not material or because the 

information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto. 

(a)(3)  Exhibits 

Exhibit No.
3.1 
3.2 
4.1 
10.1 

10.2 
10.3 
10.4 
10.5* 
10.6* 
10.7* 
10.8* 
10.9* 
10.10* 
10.11* 
21.1 
24.1 
31.1 
31.2 
32.1 

32.2 

Exhibit Description
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation(1)
Amended and Restated Bylaws(1)
Common Stock Certificate(2)
Lease relating to the Bank’s principal executive office at 601 S. Figueroa Street, 20th Floor, Los Angeles, 
California with Mitsui Fudoson (U.S.A.), Inc.(1)
Agreement for Item-Processing Services with Fiserv Solutions, Inc., dated as of July 31, 2002(1)
Agreement for Data-Processing with Fiserv Solutions, Inc., dated as of May 1, 2003(1)
Maintenance and Service Agreement, dated August 1, 2003 with Exilcom, Inc. d/b/a Northstar Technologies(1)
1992 Stock Option Plan(1)
Management Incentive Bonus Plan(1)
Deferred Compensation Plan(1)
Stock Option Gain Deferred Compensation Plan(1)
2004 Equity Incentive Plan(1)
Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers(1)
Revised Bonus Plan 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant 
Power of Attorney 
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 
Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, As Adopted Pursuant To Section 
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

(1)

(2)

Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the Federal 
Deposit Insurance Corporation on January 18, 2005. 
Incorporated by reference from Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10 Amendment No. 1 
filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on February 2, 2005. 

*  Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Preferred Bank: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Preferred 

Bank and its subsidiary (the Bank) as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the related consolidated 
statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each 
of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007. These consolidated financial statements are 
the responsibility of the Bank’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain 
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit 
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made 
by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all 

material respects, the financial position of Preferred Bank and subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 and 
2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period 
ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board (United States), Preferred Bank’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 
31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 
March 13, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal control over 
financial reporting. 

 KPMG LLP 

Los Angeles, California 
March 13, 2008 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition 
December 31, 2007 and 2006 
(In thousands, except for shares)  

Assets 

Cash and due from banks 
Federal funds sold 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value 
Loans and leases 

Less allowance for loan and lease losses 
Less unamortized deferred loan fees, net 

Net loans and leases 

Other real estate owned 
Customers’ liability on acceptances  
Bank furniture and fixtures, net 
Bank-owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 
Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock 
Net deferred tax assets 
Other assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 

Deposits: 

Demand 
Interest-bearing demand 
Savings 
Time certificates of $100,000 or more 
Other time certificates 

Total deposits 

Acceptances outstanding 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 
Shareholders’ equity: 

2007 

2006 

$   

22,803 

$   

—  

22,803 

245,268 
1,233,099 
(14,896) 
(682) 

1,217,521

8,444 
5,083 
4,721 
8,168 
10,165 
4,700 
12,278 
3,459

26,878 
103,700
130,578 

198,689 
997,317 
(10,236) 
(1,759) 

985,322

— 
268 
1,711 
7,896 
8,633 
3,682 
9,544 
2,518

$ 

1,542,610 

$ 

1,348,841 

$ 

230,083 
137,220 
93,398 
639,455 
152,954 

1,253,110 
5,083 
111,000 
5,493 
14,972 
1,389,658 

$ 

224,982 
124,094 
100,011 
619,110 
93,147 

1,161,344 
268 
20,000 
5,272 
16,025 
1,202,909 

Preferred stock.  Authorized 5,000,000 shares; no shares issued and 

outstanding at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006. 

Common stock, no par value.  Authorized 100,000,000 shares; issued 
and outstanding 9,953,532 and 10,274,632 shares at December 31, 
2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively.(1)
Treasury stock, at cost (500,000 shares in 2007)  
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss: 

Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale, net of tax of $1,072 
and $324 at December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006, respectively. 
Total shareholders’ equity 

— 

— 

71,863 
(14,976) 
2,948 
94,595 

(1,478) 
152,952 

69,658 
— 
1,502 
75,219 

(447) 
145,932 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

$ 

1,542,610 

$ 

1,348,841 

(1)   Adjusted to reflect February 2007 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of a dividend. 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 
(In thousands, except share and per share data) 

Interest income: 

Loans and leases 
Investment securities, available for sale 
Federal funds sold 

Total interest income 

Interest expense: 

Interest-bearing demand 
Savings 
Time certificates of $100,000 or more 
Other time certificates 
Federal funds purchased 
FHLB borrowings 

Total interest expense 
Net interest income before provision for credit losses 

Provision for credit losses 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses 

Noninterest income: 

Fees and service charges on deposit accounts 
Trade finance income 
BOLI income 
Net other real estate owned income 
Other income 

Total noninterest income 

Noninterest expense: 

Salary and employee benefits 
Net occupancy expense 
Business development and promotion expense 
Professional services 
Office supplies and equipment expense 
Other 

Total noninterest expense 
Income before income taxes 

Income taxes 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income: 

      2007 

       2006 

       2005 

  $       98,817 
           11,522  
             2,268 
         112,607 

    $       77,186 
               8,699  
               4,377 
             90,262 

    $       50,443 
               6,375  
               3,264 
             60,082 

             2,668 
             3,494 
           30,879 
             5,384 
                295 
             1,479 
           44,199 
           68,408 
             4,900 
           63,508 

             1,696 
                752 
                343 
                  — 
                299 
             3,090 

           11,868 
             2,395 
                409 
             2,719 
                955 
             3,115 
           21,461 
           45,137 
           18,670 
$       26,467 

               2,456 
               2,427 
             22,006 
               3,669 
                    58 
                  808 
             31,424 
             58,838 
               1,960 
             56,878 

               1,453 
                  529 
             11,488 
               2,104 
                    11 
                  477 
             16,062 
             44,020 
               2,110 
             41,910 

               1,660 
                  777 
                  326 
                    — 
                  265 
               3,028 

               2,297 
                  707 
                  312 
                  195 
                  356 
               3,868 

             12,216 
               2,303 
                  451 
               1,948 
                  943 
               2,156 
             20,017 
             39,889 
             16,538 
  $       23,351 

             10,252 
               2,163 
                  444 
               1,534 
                  867 
               2,312 
             17,571 
             28,207 
             11,382 
  $       16,825 

Unrealized net gains (loss) on securities available-for-sale 
Less reclassification adjustments for gains included in net 

income 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax 

Income taxes related to items of other comprehensive income 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 
Comprehensive income 

            (1,778) 

               1,200 

              (2,102) 

                  — 
            (1,778) 
                747  
         (1,031) 
$       25,436 

                    — 
               1,200 
                (505)  
               695 
  $      24,046 

                    — 
              (2,102) 
                  881  
            (1,221) 
  $       15,604 

Net income per share(1):  

Basic 
Diluted 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding(1):  

Basic 
Diluted 

$           2.56 
$           2.50 

  $          2.29 
  $          2.21 

  $          1.72 
  $          1.65 

  10,330,232 
  10,580,949 

   10,194,515 
   10,556,282 

     9,782,645 
   10,195,958 

 $           0.43 

Dividends per share  
(1)   Adjusted to reflect February 2007 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of a dividend. 

$           0.68 

  $          0.53 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 
(In thousands, except share and dividends declared per share data) 

Common Stock 

Treasury  

Shares 

Amount 

Stock 

Retained 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 

Total 
Stockholders’ 

Earnings 

Income (Loss) 

Equity 

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital 

Balance as of December 31, 2004 

    8,331,199 

$  31,903 

  $  — 

  $ 

235 

  $  44,591 

  $ 

   79  

  $ 

76,808 

Cash dividends paid ($0.43 per share) 

Tax benefit−exercise of stock options 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Stock options exercised 

Initial public offering, net of issuance 

    228,150 

1,510 

    1,478,433 

  34,030 

costs 
Net income 

Change in unrealized loss on securities 

available-for-sale, net of taxes 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(4,111)     

— 

— 

— 

16,825 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(1,221) 

(4,111) 

5 

1,510 

34,030 

16,825 

(1,221) 

Balance as of December 31, 2005 

  10,037,782 

$  67,443 

  $  — 

  $ 

240 

  $  57,305 

  $ 

(1,142) 

  $  123,846 

Cash dividends paid ($0.53 per share) 

Tax benefit−exercise of share-based 

payment 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Stock options exercised 

    236,850 

2,215 

Stock-based payment 

Net income 

Change in unrealized gain on 

securities available-for-sale, net of 
taxes 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

510 

— 

752 

— 

— 

(5,437)     

— 

— 

— 

23,351 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

695 

(5,437) 

510 

2,215 

752 

23,351 

695 

Balance as of December 31, 2006 

  10,274,632 

$  69,658 

  $  — 

  $  1,502 

  $  75,219 

  $ 

(447) 

  $  145,932 

Cash dividends paid ($0.68 per share) 

Tax benefit−exercise of share-based 

— 
— 

payment 

Stock options exercised 

Stock buyback 

Stock-based payment 

3-for-2 stock split, effected February 

20, 2007 
Net income 

Change in unrealized loss on securities 

available-for-sale, net of taxes 

    178,900 

     (500,000) 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

2,210 

— 
— 

— 

— 

    (14,976) 

— 
(5)     

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
261 

— 

— 

1,185 
— 

— 

— 

(7,091)     
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

26,467 

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

(1,031) 

(7,091) 
261 

2,210 

 (14,976) 

1,185 
 (5) 

26,467 

(1,031) 

Balance as of December 31, 2007 

    9,953,532 

$  71,863 

  $(14,976) 

  $  2,948 

  $  94,595 

  $ 

(1,478) 

  $  152,952 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

operating activities: 
Provision for credit losses 
Write-down on investment securities 

Amortization of net deferred loan fees 
Amortization (accretion) of investment securities discounts 

and premiums, net 

Depreciation and amortization 
Share-based compensation expense 
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangement 
Deferred tax benefit 
Increase in BOLI, accrued interest receivable and other assets 
Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities 

      2007    

         2006   

2005 

  $      26,467  

  $      23,351  

  $       16,825

  4,900 
622 

  1,960 
                   — 

  2,110 
               — 

(1,077) 

             (222) 

              845 

             (357) 
575 
1,185 
             (261) 
(1,986) 
(17,022) 
4,244 

               (31) 
568 
752 
478 
(1,419) 
(3,812) 
6,168 

           1,366 
579 
               — 
5 
(1,334) 
(7,700) 
1,980 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

17,290 

27,793 

14,676 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of securities available-for-sale 

    Matured and called 
    Principal collected and stock dividends 
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned 
Net increase in loans 
Purchase of bank premises and equipment 

(312,358) 
261,711 
2,024 
                   — 
(236,022) 
(3,585) 

(155,034) 
116,494 
4,017 
                   — 
(226,348) 
(444) 

(67,405) 

        60,800 
4,837 
8,258 
(156,767) 
(1,049) 

Net cash used in investing activities 

(288,230) 

(261,315) 

(151,326) 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Increase in deposits 
Proceeds from FHLB borrowings 
Repayments of Federal Funds & FHLB borrowings 
Excess tax benefit from share-based payment arrangement 
Net proceeds of stock options exercised 
Stock buyback 
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs 
Cash payment of dividends 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information 

Cash paid during the period for: 

91,766 
126,000 
(35,000) 
261 
2,205 
(14,976) 
                   — 
(7,091) 

163,165 

(107,775) 
130,578 
22,803 

  $ 

185,877 
                   — 
(1,500) 
(478) 
2,215 
                   — 
                   — 
(5,437) 

180,677 

(52,845) 
183,423 
  $     130,578 

173,932 
16,500 
(10,000) 

               — 
1,510 
               — 
34,030 
(4,111) 

211,861 

75,211 
108,212 
183,423 

  $ 

Interest 
Income taxes 

  $ 
  $ 

43,978 
21,300 

  $ 
  $ 

28,736 
18,210 

  $ 
  $ 

14,769 
20,124 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued) 

 (1)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Preferred Bank (the Bank) is a full service commercial bank and is engaged primarily in 
commercial, real estate, and international lending to customers with businesses domiciled in the 
state of California. The accounting and reporting policies of the Bank are in accordance with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and conform to general 
practices in the banking industry. The following is a summary of the Bank’s significant accounting 
policies. 

(a) 

Principles of Consolidation 

The financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary, PB 

Investment and Consulting, Inc.  All intercompany transactions and accounts have been 
eliminated in consolidation. 

(b)  Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, and federal funds sold, all 

of which have original or purchased maturities of less than 90 days. 

(c) 

Investment Securities 

The Bank classifies its debt and equity securities in two categories: held-to-maturity or 

available-for-sale. Securities that could be sold in response to changes in interest rates, 
increased loan demand, liquidity needs, capital requirements, or other similar factors are 
classified as securities available-for-sale. These securities are carried at fair value. Unrealized 
holding gains or losses, net of the related tax effect, on available-for-sale securities are 
excluded from income and are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity as 
other comprehensive income net of applicable taxes until realized. Realized gains and losses 
from the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined on a specific-identification basis. 
Securities classified as held-to-maturity are those that the Bank has the positive intent and 
ability to hold until maturity. These securities are carried at amortized cost, adjusted for the 
amortization or accretion of premiums or discounts. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, there 
were no securities held for held-to-maturity purposes. 

A decline in the fair value of any available-for-sale or held-to-maturity security below 
cost, that is deemed to be other than temporary, results in a reduction in carrying amount to 
fair value. Factors considered when determining if a security is temporarily impaired 
includes, but is not limited to; length of time of the impairment, severity of the impairment, 
near term financial prospects of the issuer, and the Bank’s intent and ability to hold the 
security to a recovery in price or maturity. The impairment is charged to income and a new 
cost basis for the security is established. 

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related 
held-to-maturity or available-for-sale security as an adjustment to yield using the 
effective-interest method. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued) 

(d)  Loans and Loan Origination Fees and Costs 

Loans are carried at face value, less payments received, the allowance for loan and lease 

losses, and net deferred loan fees. Loans receivable are stated at the principal amount 
outstanding. Interest income is recorded on an accrual basis in accordance with the terms of 
the loans. 

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are designated as non-

accrual loans. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when principal or interest is 
past due 90 days or more unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection. 
When loans are placed on non-accrual status, all interest previously accrued, but not 
collected, is reversed against current period interest income. Income on non-accrual loans is 
subsequently recognized only to the extent that cash is received and the loan’s principal 
balance is deemed collectible.  The loan is generally returned to accrual status when the 
borrower has brought the past due principal and interest payments current and, in the option 
of management, the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of 
principal and interest as scheduled. 

          Loans are considered for full or partial charge-offs in the event that principal or interest 
is over 180 days past due, the loan lacks sufficient collateral and it is not in the process of 
collection.  We also consider writing off loans in the event of any of the following 
circumstances:  1) the impaired loan balances are not covered by the value of the source of 
repayment; 2) the loan has been identified for charge-off by regulatory authorities; and 3)any 
overdrafts greater than 90 days 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Loan origination fees, offset by certain direct loan origination costs and commitment 
fees, are deferred and recognized in income as a yield adjustment using the effective interest 
yield method over the contractual life of the loan, which approximates the interest method. If 
a commitment expires unexercised, the commitment fee is recognized as income. 

The Bank considers a loan to be impaired when it is “probable” that it will be unable to 
collect all amounts due (i.e. both principal and interest) according to the contractual terms of 
the loan agreement. The measurement of impairment may be based on (1) the present value 
of the expected future cash flows of the impaired loan discounted at the loan’s original 
effective interest rate, (2) the observable market price of the impaired loan, or (3) the fair 
value of the collateral of a collateral-dependent loan. The amount by which the recorded 
investment of the loan exceeds the measure of the impaired loan is recognized by recording a 
valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to the provision for loan losses. All 
classified loans that are over $2 million are analyzed for impairment. The Bank recognizes 
interest income on impaired loans based on its existing methods of recognizing interest 
income on nonaccrual loans. 

(e)  Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses 

Loan and lease losses are charged and recoveries are credited to the allowance account. 

Additions to the allowance account are charged to the provision for loan and lease losses. The 
allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide 
for losses that are probable and reasonably estimatable. The adequacy of the allowance is 
determined by management based upon a periodic credit review of the loan and lease 
portfolio, consideration of historical loss experience, current economic conditions, changes in 
the composition of the portfolio, analysis of collateral values, and other pertinent factors. 

Management believes that the allowance for loan and lease losses is adequate. While 

management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and leases future 
adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in credit quality and 
economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their 
examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan and lease losses. 
Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their 
judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued) 

(f)  Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) 

Other real estate owned, consisting of real estate acquired through foreclosure or other 
proceedings, is initially stated at fair value of the property based on appraisal, less estimated 
selling cost. Any cost in excess of the fair value at the time of acquisition is accounted for as 
a loan charge-off and deducted from the allowance for loan and lease losses. A valuation 
allowance is established for any subsequent declines in value through a charge to earnings. 
Operating expenses of such properties, net of related income, and gains and losses on their 
disposition are included in other operating income or expense, as appropriate. 

(g)  Bank Furniture and Fixtures 

Bank furniture and fixtures are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and 

amortization. Depreciation on furniture and equipment is computed on a straight-line method 
over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Leasehold 
improvements are capitalized and amortized on the straight-line method over the estimated 
useful life of the improvement or the term of lease, whichever is shorter. 

(h)  Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive income consists of net income and net unrealized gains (losses) on 
securities available-for-sale and is presented in the statements of income and comprehensive 
income. 

(i) 

Income Taxes 

The Bank accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The objective 

of the asset and liability method is to establish deferred tax assets and liabilities for the 
temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Bank’s 
assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are 
realized or settled. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets if based on the 
weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred 
tax assets will not be realized. The valuation allowance is sufficient to reduce the deferred tax 
assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. 

(j) 

Earnings per Share 

Earnings per share (EPS) are computed on a basic and diluted basis. Basic EPS excludes 

dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the 
weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects 
the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock 
were exercised or converted into common stock or resulted in the issuance of common stock 
that then shares in the earnings of the Bank. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

(k)  Share-Based Compensation  

Employees and directors participate in the following stock option compensation plans--
the 1992 Stock Option Plan, Interim Stock Option Plan and the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan 
which are discussed in Note 13.  

Effective January 1, 2006, the Bank adopted Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No.123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”), using the 
modified prospective transition method and therefore has not restated results from prior 
periods. Under this transition method, share-based compensation expense for 2006 includes 
compensation expense for all share-based compensation awards granted prior to January 1, 
2006, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in 
accordance with the original provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 
No.123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (“SFAS No. 123”). Share-based 
compensation expense for all share-based payment awards granted or modified on or after 
January 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the 
provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). The Bank recognizes these compensation costs on a straight-
line basis over the requisite services period of the award, which is the option vesting term of 
the generally five years, for only those shares expected to vest. The fair value of stock option 
awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the grant-date 
assumptions and weighted-average fair value.  

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Bank accounted for stock compensation 

under the intrinsic value method permitted by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion 
No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB Opinion No. 25”) and related 
interpretations. Accordingly, the Bank previously recognized no compensation cost for 
employee stock options that were granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of 
the underlying common stock on the date of grant. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements-(Continued) 

For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Bank recognized share-based compensation 
expense of $1.2 million resulting in the recognition of $192,000 in related tax benefits. Also, 
as a result of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006, the Bank’s income before tax 
expense and net income for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $1.2 million and 
$993,000 respectively lower than if the bank had continued to account for stock-based 
compensation under APB 25. Basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended 
December 31, 2007 were $.11 and $.11 lower, respectively, than if the Bank had continued to 
account for stock-based compensation under APB 25. 

SFAS No. 123(R) requires that cash flows resulting from the realization of tax 
deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized (excess tax benefits) are to be 
classified as financing cash flows. Before the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Bank 
presented all tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows 
in the Statements of Cash Flows. 

Also SFAS No. 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and 
revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from initial estimates. 
Share-based compensation expense was recorded net of estimated forfeitures for the year 
ended December 31, 2007 such that expense was recorded only for those share-based awards 
that are expected to vest. Previously under APB 25, to the extent awards were forfeited prior 
to vesting, the corresponding previously recognized expense was reversed in the period of 
forfeiture.   

For the Bank’s stock option plans, compensation cost is based on the fair value of the 

underlying stock on the award date and is recognized over the requisite service period of the 
award. In 2005 and prior years, the Bank did not recognize compensation costs when 
granting stock options in the Bank’s stock option plans. This was due to the exercise price of 
option grants being equal to or higher than the quoted market price of the Bank’s common 
stock on the grant date as provided under the intrinsic value method of APB 25.  

When options are exercised, the Bank’s policy is to issue new shares of stock.  

If the compensation cost for the Bank’s stock option plan had been determined with the 
fair value at the grant dates for all awards under the Plan consistent with the method of SFAS 
No. 123(R), Share Based Payment, prior to January 1, 2006, the Bank’s net income and 
earnings per share amounts for the year ended December 31, 2005 would have been reduced 
to the pro forma amounts indicated in the table below: 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Net income, as reported 
Deduct total stock-based employee compensation expense determined  

under fair-value-based method for all awards, net of tax  

Pro forma net income 

Earnings per share(1): 

Basic−as reported 
Basic−pro forma 
Diluted−as reported 
Diluted−pro forma 

Weighted-average common shares: 

Basic 
Diluted 

2005 

(Dollars in thousands) 

$ 

16,825 

(426) 
16,399 

$ 

2005 

   $         1.72 
              1.68 
              1.65 
              1.61 

  9,782,645 
10,195,958 

(1)    Adjusted to reflect February 2007, 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of a dividend. 

(l) 

Statement of Cash Flows 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, 

amounts due from banks, and federal funds sold. 

(m)  Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) 

Bank-owned life insurance policies are carried at their cash surrender value. Income 

from BOLI is recognized when earned. 

(n)  Use of Estimates 

Management of the Bank has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to 
the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to 
prepare these financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America. Actual results could differ from these estimates. 
The most significant estimate subject to change relates to the allowance for loan and lease 
losses. 

(o)  Risk and Uncertainties 

The Bank’s operations are located and concentrated primarily in Southern California and 
are likely to remain so for the foreseeable future. At December 31, 2007, approximately 95% 
of the total dollar amount of the Bank’s loans and commitments was related to collateral or 
borrowers located within California. The performance of these loans may be affected by 
further negative changes in California’s economic and business conditions and the housing 
market of Southern California. Deterioration in economic conditions could have 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

a material adverse effect on the quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio and the demand for its 
products and services. In addition, during periods of economic slowdown or a recession, the 
Bank may experience a decline in collateral values and an increase in delinquencies and 
defaults. A decline in collateral values such as that experienced in housing prices in 2007 and 
an increase in delinquencies and defaults increase the possibilities and severity of losses. 
California real estate is also subject to certain natural disasters, such as earthquakes, fires, 
floods and mud slides, as well as civil unrest, which are typically not covered by the standard 
hazard insurance policies maintained by the borrowers. Uninsured disasters may render 
borrowers unable to repay loans made by the Bank and lower collateral values. The 
occurrence of adverse economic conditions or natural disasters in California could have a 
material adverse effect on the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, and business 
prospects. 

(p)  Segment Reporting  

Through our branch network, we provide a broad range of financial services to 
individuals and companies located primarily in Southern California. Their services include 
demand, time and savings deposits and real estate, business and consumer lending. While our 
chief decision makers monitor the revenue streams of our various products and services, 
operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis.  
Accordingly, we consider all of our operations are aggregated in one reportable operating 
segment 

(2)  Securities Available for Sale 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale at December 31, 

2007 and 2006 are summarized as follows: 

Amortized 
cost 

2007 

Gross 
unrealized
gains 

Gross 
unrealized 
losses 

(In thousands) 

Estimated 
 fair value 

  $  130,602  

30,741
32,718

      53,757  
  $  247,818   

  $  527 
195 
274 
96 
  $ 1,092 

  $ 

(98)   

(744) 
(46) 

      (2,754)   
  $  (3,642)   

  $131,031 
30,192 
32,946 
      51,099 
  $245,268 

U.S. Government agencies 
Corporate notes 
MBS / Preferred Securities 
Other securities 

Total securities available-for-sale 

U.S. Government agencies 
Corporate notes 
MBS / Preferred Securities 
Other securities 

Total securities available-for-sale 

Amortized 
cost 

  $  142,270  

16,880
17,376

      22,934  
  $  199,460  

90 

2006 

Gross 
unrealized
gains 

Gross 
unrealized 
losses 

Estimated 
 fair value 

  $ 

  $ 

(In thousands) 
28 
125 
8 
22 
  $  183 

  $ 

(192)   
(348) 
(184) 
(230)   
(954)   

  $142,106 
16,657 
17,200 
      22,726 
  $198,689 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Gross unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale and the fair value of the related 
securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that the individual securities have 
been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows: 

Less than 12 months 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

2007 
12 months or greater 

Total 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

(In thousands) 

U.S. Government agencies 
Corporate notes 
MBS / Preferred Securities 
Other securities 
Total 

$  56,683 
  14,266 
2,854 
   35,870 
$ 109,673 

$ 

(98) 
(667) 
(3) 
  (2,452) 
$(3,220) 

  $ 

—  
1,075  
2,753  
8,850  
  $  12,678  

$     (—) 
(77) 
(43) 
   (302) 
$  (422) 

  $  56,683  
  15,341  
5,607  
   44,720  
  $ 122,351  

$ 

(98) 
(744) 
(46) 
  (2,754) 
$(3,642) 

Less than 12 months 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

2006 
12 months or greater 

Total 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

Estimated 
fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

(In thousands) 

U.S. Government agencies 
Corporate notes 
MBS / Preferred Securities 
Other securities 
Total 

$  96,823 
8,311 
4,955 
9,467 
$ 119,556 

$ 

(73) 
(26) 
(43) 
(89) 
$  (231) 

  $  45,283  
8,346  
  12,245  
   13,259  
  $  79,133  

$ 

(90) 
(197) 
(134) 
(119) 
$  (540) 

  $142,106  
  16,657  
  17,200  
   22,726  
  $198,689  

$  (163) 
(223) 
(177) 
(208) 
$  (771) 

The Bank’s investment portfolio is primarily comprised of U.S. Agency securities, corporate 

notes, mortgage-backed securities, municipalities and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 
(FHLMC) preferred stock, which are included in other securities.   

Preferred Bank performs a regular impairment analysis on the investment securities portfolio. 

Whenever the cost of an investment security exceeds its fair value, management evaluates, among 
other factors, general market conditions, the duration and extent to which cost is more than fair 
value, as well as specific adverse conditions affecting the business outlook of the issuer. If the Bank 
determines that a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, an impairment write-down is 
recognized in current earnings. Other-than-temporary declines in fair value are assessed based on 
the duration the security has been in a continuous unrealized loss position, the severity of the 
decline in value, the rating of the security and the Bank’s ability and intent on holding the securities 
until the fair values recover. 

Based on the Bank’s evaluation of the investment securities portfolio during the year ended 

December 31, 2007, the bank had determined that two corporate securities were other than 
temporarily impaired. Accordingly, the amortized cost of the securities were written down by 
$289,000 as of September 30, 2007 and $332,000 as of December 31, 2007, respectively, to reflect 
their current market value. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the bank owned FHLMC preferred 
stock with an amortized cost of $6,564,000 and $2,574,000 and a fair market value of $4,909,000 
and $2,561,000, respectively. The fair value of the FHLMC preferred stock was in excess of its 
amortized cost through August 31, 2007. The decline in fair value occurred in September of 2007, 
the same month that additional FHLMC preferred stock was purchased at substantially higher 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

yields. Management performed an impairment analysis as described above and determined, based 
on that analysis that this security was temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2007. All issuers of 
the Bank’s remaining securities have not, to management’s knowledge, established any cause for 
default and the various rating agencies have reaffirmed these securities’ long term investment grade 
status at December 31, 2007. The Bank has the ability and intention to hold these securities until 
their fair values recover. 

At December 31, 2007, there were 57 and 25 investment securities that were in an unrealized 

loss position for less than 12 months and for 12 months or greater, respectively. Temporary 
impairments related to U.S. Agency securities, corporate notes, mortgage-backed securities, and 
municipal securities are primarily attributable to declining market prices caused by interest rate 
fluctuations. Unrealized losses on the FHLMC preferred stock are due primarily to lower interest 
rate environments and near term prospects of the issuer. 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at December 31, 2007 and 2006, by 

contractual maturity, are shown below. Mortgage-backed securities are classified in accordance 
with their estimated average life. The average yield on mortgage-backed securities was 5.69% and 
5.87% in 2007 and 2006, respectively. Expected maturities differ from contractual maturities 
mainly due to prepayment rates; changes in prepayment rates will affect a security’s average life. 

Cash proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale totaled $0, $0 and $0 in 2007, 2006, 

and 2005, respectively. Gross realized gains and losses on sales of securities available-for-sale 
totaled $0, and $0, respectively, in 2007, $0 and $0 respectively, in 2006, $0 and $0 respectively, in 
2005 based on the specific-identification method. Investment securities having a fair value of 
approximately $152.4 million and $157.8 million were pledged to secure governmental deposits, 
treasury tax and loan deposits, borrowing line from the Federal Reserve Bank, and government 
deposits as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

Total securities available-for-sale 

Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 

Total securities available-for-sale 

2007 

Amortized 
cost 

Estimated 
fair value 

(In thousands) 

  $  68,954 
72,881 
2,000 
  103,983 
  $  247,818 

$  67,230 
73,482 
1,999 
  102,557 
$  245,268 

2006 

Amortized 
cost 

Estimated 
fair value 

(In thousands) 

  $  118,413 
26,499 
3,356 
51,192 
  $  199,460 

$  118,271 
26,568 
3,353 
50,497 
$  198,689 

(3)  Loans and Leases and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses 

The loans and leases portfolio as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 is summarized as follows: 

Real estate 
Commercial 
Construction 
Trade finance 
Installment/Consumer 
Leases 
Other Loans 

Less: 

Allowance for loan and lease losses 
Deferred loan and fees, net 

2007 

2006 

(In thousands) 

  $  518,304   
255,912 
366,706 
91,565 
44 
116 
452 
  1,233,099 

  $  438,280 
201,385 
271,021 
86,067 
45 
185 
334 
997,317 

(14,896)
(682)
  $ 1,217,521   

(10,236) 
(1,759) 
$  985,322 

The majority of the Bank’s loans are to customers and businesses in the state of California 
and/or secured by properties located primarily in the greater Los Angeles metropolitan area. All 
loans are made based on the same credit standards regardless of where the customers and/or 
collateral properties are located. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

The Bank had $20.9 million of non-accrual loans and leases at December 31, 2007 compared 
to $1.1 million at December 31, 2006. These loans and leases had interest due, but not recognized, 
of approximately $546,000 and $41,000 in 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

The Bank had $20.9 million and $1.1 million of impaired loans and leases as of 

December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the amount of 
impaired loans and leases for which there is a specific allowance for loan and lease loss was $20.9 
million and $1.1 million, respectively, with the amount of the specific allowance for loan and lease 
loss of approximately $3,233,000 and $11,000, respectively. The average recorded investment in 
impaired loans and leases for 2007 and 2006 was $6.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively. 
Interest income recognized on such loans and leases during 2007 and 2006 was $1,235,000 and 
$73,000, respectively. 

At December 31, 2007, the Bank had no commitments to lend additional funds to debtors 

whose loans are non-performing.  

Changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses are summarized as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year 
Provision for credit losses 
Loans and leases charged off 
Recoveries 
Balance at end of year 

(4)  Bank Furniture and Fixtures  

2007 

$  10,236 
4,900 
(240) 
— 
$  14,896 

2006 
(In thousands) 
$  8,939 
1,960 
(663) 
— 
$  10,236 

2005 

$  6,724 
2,110 
(5) 
110 
$  8,939 

As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, furniture and fixtures consists of the following: 

Leasehold improvements 
Furniture and fixtures 

Less accumulated depreciation and 
amortization 

2007 

$ 
786 
     6,825 
7,611 

2006 
(In thousands) 
  $  1,104 
     3,242 
4,346 

2005 

  $  3,300 
     3,260 
6,560 

    (2,890) 
$  4,721 

    (2,635) 
$  1,711 

    (4,725) 
$  1,835 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $575,000, $568,000 and $579,000 for the years 

ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

(5)  Deposits 

Time deposit accounts at December 31, 2007 mature as follows: 

Year 

2008 
2009 
2010 

Maturities of 
time deposits 
(In thousands) 
783,788 
2,519 
6,102 
792,409 

$ 

$ 

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, approximately $152,400,000 and $157,806,000, 
respectively, of the Bank’s investment securities were pledged as collateral for certain public 
deposits. The amount of deposits from related parties was $3,328,000 and $2,630,000 at 
December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The aggregate amount of overdrafts that have been 
reclassified as loan balances was $89,100 and $24,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, 
respectively. 

 (6) 

Income Taxes  

The income taxes expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 

was as follows: 

Current: 

Federal 
State 

Deferred: 
Federal 
State 

2007 

2006 
(In thousands) 

2005 

$  15,659 
     4,994 
    20,653 

$  13,722   
     4,235 
    17,957 

$  9,448 
     3,268 
    12,716 

(1,580)  
(403)
    (1,983)
$  18,670  

(1,178)  

(241)   
    (1,149)   
$  16,538   

   (1,055) 
(279) 
    (1,334) 
$ 11,382 

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, other assets include current income taxes receivable of 
$2,624,000 and $1,908,000, respectively. The income tax expense (benefit) for the year ended 
December 31, 2006 includes an underpayment penalty in the amount of $115,000 assessed by the 
Internal Revenue Service and the State of California Franchise Tax Board during the second quarter 
of 2006 for the 2004 tax year. 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

The components of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 

2007 and 2006 are as follows: 

2007 

2006 

(In thousands) 

Deferred tax assets: 

Allowance for loan lease losses 
State taxes 
Other liabilities, mainly due to accrued bonuses 
Deferred compensation 
Bank furniture and fixtures, net 
Unrealized losses on securities available-for-
sale 
Other  

Total deferred tax assets 

  $  6,305 
1,759 
143 
3,118 
466 

1,072 
259 
13,122 

  $  4,333 
1,443 
1,329 
2,202 
397 

324 
85 
10,113 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
Discount accretion 
FHLB stock 

Total deferred liabilities 
Net deferred tax assets 

(524) 
(320) 
(844) 

(336) 
(233) 
(569) 

  $  12,278 

$ 

9,544 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more 

likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate 
realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during 
the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the 
projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon 
the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in 
which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the 
Bank will realize all benefits related to these deductible differences. 

A reconciliation of the income tax provision and the amount computed by applying the 

statutory federal income tax rate to income before income taxes is as follows for the years ended 
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands): 

2007 

2006 

2005 

Amount 

  Percentage 

Amount 

  Percentage 

Amount 

  Percentage 

(In thousands) 

Statutory U.S. federal income tax 
State taxes, net of federal benefit 
Life insurance policies 
Other 

$ 15,769   
3,039   
   (95)  
(43)  
$ 18,670   

    35.0% 
     6.7 
    (0.2) 
    (0.1) 
   41.4% 

  $ 13,961   
2,597   
(91)  
71   
  $ 16,538   

  35.0% 
   6.8 
  (0.2) 
  (0.1) 
 41.5% 

  $  9,872   
  1,884   
(87)  
(287)  
  $ 11,382   

  35.0% 
   6.7 
  (0.3) 
  (1.0) 
 40.4% 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

(7)  Federal Funds Purchased  

There were $36 million in federal funds purchased at December 31, 2007 and $0 as of 

December 31, 2006 respectively.  At December 31, 2007, the Bank had four federal funds 
borrowing lines in the amounts of $50,000,000, $30,000,000, $20,000,000 and $24,000,000 at four 
separate banks.  

U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Agency securities sold under repurchase agreements are 
delivered to the broker-dealers who arranged the transactions. The broker-dealers may have sold, 
loaned, or otherwise disposed of such securities to other parties in the normal course of their 
operation and have agreed to resell to the Bank identical securities at the maturities of the 
agreements. There were no outstanding amounts of these overnight agreements as of December 31, 
2007, 2006 and 2005. There were no securities underlying these agreements at December 31, 2007, 
2006 and 2005. These overnight agreements averaged $0 for all periods presented. The maximum 
amount outstanding at any month-end during 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $0, $0 and $0, respectively. 
The average rate for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was 0%, 0% and 0%, 
respectively. 

(8)  Other Borrowed Funds 

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (FHLBSF) were $75 million 

and $20 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006.  The average rate on the fixed rate debt was 
4.25% and 3.71% at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. All advances are collateralized by 
commercial or residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2007, approximately $272,752,000 of 
the Bank’s real estate loans was pledged as collateral.  At December 31, 2007, the outstanding 
advances mature as follows: 

Year 

2008 
2009 
2010 

2007 
(In thousands) 
27,000 
$ 
25,000 
23,000 
75,000 

$ 

The Bank had approved short-term borrowings line available through the discount window at 

the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (FRBSF) in the amount of $21.8 million. We had no 
borrowing outstanding through the discount window outstanding as of December 31, 2007.  

(9)  Commitments and Contingencies 

The Bank is obligated under non-cancellable operating leases for the premises of its head 

office and regional offices. As of December 31, 2007, the future total minimum lease payments for 
the Bank’s premises are as follows: 

97 

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Year 

2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
Thereafter 

Total lease payment 
(In thousands) 
1,976 
1,885 
1,879 
1,485 
1,302 
8,620 
17,147 

$ 

$ 

Rental expense was $1,397,000, $1,308,000, and $1,235,000 for the years ended 

December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

(10)  Off-Balance Sheet Risks 

As a financial institution, the Bank enters into a variety of financial transactions with its 

customers in the normal course of business. Many of these products do not necessarily entail 
present or future funded asset or liability positions, instead the natures of these are considered in the 
form of executor contracts. 

Financial instrument transactions are subject to the Bank’s normal credit standards, financial 
controls and risk-limiting, and monitoring procedures. Collateral requirements are determined on a 
case-by-case evaluation of each customer and product. 

The Bank’s exposure to credit risk under commitments to extend credit, standby letters of 
credit, and financial guarantees written is limited to the contractual amount of those instruments. 

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the Bank had commitments to fund loans of $442,382,000 

and $512,376,000, respectively. Other financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk at 
December 31, 2007 and 2006 are as follows: 

Commitments to extend credit 
Commercial letters of credit 
Standby letters of credit 

Total 

2007 

2006 

(In thousands) 

  $  425,737 
4,642 
    12,003 
  $  442,382 

$  496,850
3,860
    11,666
$  512,376

The Bank’s exposure to credit losses in the event of non-performance by the other party to 

commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional 
amount of those instruments.  The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and 
conditional obligations as it does for extending loan facilities to customers.  The Bank evaluates 
each customer’s credit-worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if 
deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit 
evaluation of the counterparty.   

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

(11)  Loans to Related Parties 

The Bank has extended credit to certain directors and officers and companies in which they 

have an interest and certain stockholders which beneficially own more than 5% of the Bank’s 
capital stock. In management’s opinion, the loans to these related parties are made on substantially 
the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those made to nonrelated persons. 

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, the aggregate loans (including commitments) to related 
parties were approximately $5.2 million (of which $723,000 was outstanding) and $12.3 million (of 
which $734,000 was outstanding), respectively. All related party loans were current at 
December 31, 2007 and 2006. 

Changes in the outstanding loans are summarized as follows: 

Balance at beginning of year 
New loans 
Net drawdowns (repayments) 
Balance at end of year 

2007 

$ 

734  

2006 
(In thousands) 
$  4,457   

—  
(11)
723  

— 

   (3,723)   
$ 

734   

$ 

2005 

$  3,060 
750 
647 
$  4,457 

(12)  Restrictions on Cash Dividends, Regulatory Capital Requirements 

The Bank has authorized 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The Board has the authority to 

issue the preferred stock in one or more series, and to fix the designations, rights, preferences, 
privileges, qualifications, and restrictions, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting 
rights and terms of redemptions, liquidation preferences, and sinking fund terms, any or all of 
which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. 

Under Section 642 of the California Financial Code, funds available for cash dividend 
payments by a bank are restricted to the lesser of: (i) retained earnings or (ii) the bank’s net income 
for its last three fiscal years (less any distributions to stockholders made during such period). Cash 
dividends may also be paid out of the greatest of: (i) retained earnings, (ii) net income for a bank’s 
last preceding fiscal year, or (iii) net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year upon the prior 
approval of the Commissioner of Financial Institutions, State of California, without regard to 
retained earnings or net income for its prior three fiscal years. 

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal 
banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – 
and possibly additional discretionary – actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct 
effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory 
framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve 
quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items, as 
calculated under regulatory accounting policies. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are 
also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other 
factors. 

The quantitative measures established by the regulation to ensure capital adequacy require 

the Bank to maintain amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 risk-based 
capital (as defined in the regulation) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 risk-based 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2007, 
that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject. 

As of September 30, 2007, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank 

as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no 
conditions or events since that notification that management believes changed the institution’s 
category. 

The Bank’s actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following 

table: 

Actual 

For capital adequacy 
purposes 

To be well capitalized 
under prompt corrective 
action provision 

Amount 

Rate 

Amount 

Rate 

Amount 

Rate 

(In thousands) 

As of December 31, 2007: 

Total risk-based capital 
Tier 1 risk-based capital 
Leverage ratio 

$  167,760   
  152,764   
  152,764   

11.57% 
10.54% 
10.31% 

$  115,977 

57,989   
57,989   

  > 8.00% 
    4.00% 
    4.00% 

$  144,972   
86,983   
72,486   

> 10.00% 
      6.00% 
      5.00% 

As of December 31, 2006: 

Total risk-based capital 
Tier 1 risk-based capital 
Leverage ratio 

$  156,656   
  146,350   
  146,350   

12.33% 
11.52% 
11.50% 

$  101,634   
50,817   
50,817   

> 8.00% 
    4.00% 
    4.00% 

$127,042 
    76,225 
  63,521 

> 10.00% 
      6.00% 
      5.00% 

(13)  Share-Based Compensation 

The Bank remunerates employees and directors through stock option compensation plans; the 

1992 Stock Option Plan, Interim Stock Option Plan and the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan which are 
discussed below. Effective January 1, 2006, the Bank adopted Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No.123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123(R)”), using the 
modified prospective transition method and therefore has not restated results from prior periods. 
Under this transition method share-based compensation expense for 2006 includes compensation 
expense for all share-based compensation awards granted prior to January 1, 2006, but not yet 
vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the 
original provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.123, “Accounting for 
Stock-Based Compensation.” Share-based compensation expense for all share-based payment 
awards granted or modified on or after January 1, 2006 is based on the grant-date fair value 
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R). The Bank recognizes these 
compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite services period of the award, which is 
the option vesting term of generally five years, for only those shares expected to vest. The fair 
value of stock option awards was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the 
grant-date assumptions and weighted-average fair value.  

The number of stock options and per stock option data has been adjusted to reflect the Bank’s 

February 20, 2007 three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a dividend. 

1992 Stock Option Plan and Interim Stock Option Plan 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

The Bank’s 1992 Stock Option Plan (the “1992 Plan”) provides for granting of non-statutory 
stock options and incentive stock options to key full-time employees, officers, and the directors of 
the Bank. The number of shares authorized in this plan is 1,447,920 shares. The 1992 Stock Option 
Plan expired by its terms in 2003, and no shares are available for future grants. The options vest in 
installments of 20% each year and become fully vested after five years. Options under the 1992 
Plan expire ten years after the grant date. 

Because the 1992 Plan expired in 2003, the Bank did not issue any options under this Plan 

during 2007 and 2006.  

In May 2003, April 2004 and June 2004, we granted an additional 81,000, 48,000 and 
150,000 stock options, respectively to our employees and directors at exercise prices ranging from 
$10.69 to $19.04 per share under the Bank’s Interim Stock Option Plan (“Interim Plan”). Even 
though the terms of these stock options are consistent with the terms of the stock options granted 
under our 1992 Plan, these stock options are outside of the 1992 Plan because they were granted 
after the 1992 Plan’s expiration.  

The total intrinsic value of share options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2007 and 
2006 was $4,892,000 and $5,834,000 respectively from the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan. As of December 
31, 2007, the total compensation cost not yet recognized that relates to unvested options granted under the 
1992 Plan and Interim Plan was $77,459 with a weighted-average recognition period of 0.81 years.  

For the years ended December 31, 2004, the estimated weighted-average fair value per share of 

options granted under the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan were as follows: 

December 31, 2004 
$1.47 

The estimated weighted-average fair value per share of options granted was estimated on the date of 

grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: 

Weighted Average Assumptions: 

Dividend Yield 
Expected Volatility 
Expected Term 
Risk-Free Interest Rate 

December 31, 
2004 

      2.00% 
      0.00% 
       5.0 Yrs. 
      3.82% 

Expected volatility used in the calculation for 2004 was 0% due to the lack of trading volume in 
Preferred Bank stock. The expected term of the options represents the period of time that options granted are 
expected to be outstanding based primarily on the historical exercise behavior associated with previous 
option grants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the 5 year U.S. Treasury CMT at the time of grant for a 
period equal to the expected term of the options granted. 

The following information under the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan is presented for the 

years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. 

December 31, 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Grant Date Fair Value of Options Granted 
Fair Value of Options Vested 
Total Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised 
Cash Received from Options Exercised 
Actual Tax Benefit Realized from Options 
Exercised 

2007 

2006 
(In thousands) 

  —  
216
  4,892
  1,607

  — 
162 
  5,834 
  1,924 

2005 

  —
106
  4,490
  1,510

257

506 

6

The following is a summary of the transactions under the 1992 Plan and the Interim Plan for 

the years ended December 31, 2007: 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2004 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2007 

1992 Plan and Interim Plan 

Number of 
Options 
  903,900 
— 
      (228,150) 
          (7,350) 
        668,400 
— 
      (225,450) 
          (2,400) 
        440,500 
— 
      (154,850) 
          (1,500) 
        284,200 

Weighted 
Average Exercise 
Price 

  $  10.75 
27.91 
6.64 
17.57 
12.07 
— 
8.53 
12.25 
13.89 
— 
10.28 
12.35 
  $  15.87 

As of December 31, 2007, stock options outstanding under the 1992 Plan and the Interim 

Plan were as follows: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Outstanding 
Options 

18,000 
80,550 
    185,650 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$    7.94 
    10.69 
    18.87 

  Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

          0.86 
          5.33 
          6.32 

Number of 
Outstanding 
Options 

18,000   
52,050   
    109,750   

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$    7.94 
    10.69 
    18.77 

  Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 

          0.86 
         5.34 
         6.22 

Exercise Price Range 

$5.00 - $9.99 
$10.00 - $14.99 
$15.00 - $19.99 

2004 Equity Incentive Plan 

The Bank’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2004 Plan”) provides for granting of non-statutory stock 
options and incentive stock options to key full-time employees, officers, and the directors of the Bank.  Stock 
options granted under the Plan have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying 
common stock on the date of grant.  Stock options granted under the 2004 Plan generally vest in installments 
of 20% each year and become fully vested after five years and expire ten years from the date of grant. Certain 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

option and share awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change in control (as defined in the 
Plan). The number of shares authorized in this plan is 1,800,000 shares. 

The total intrinsic value of share options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2007 and 

2006 was $300,000 and $124,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, the total compensation cost not 
yet recognized that relates to unvested options granted under the 2004 Plan was $3,759,173 with a weighted-
average recognition period of 3.2 years. 

For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, the estimated weighted-average fair value 

per share of options granted under the 2004 Plan were as follows: 

2007 

$7.83 

December 31, 
2006 

$7.87 

2005 

$8.05 

The estimated weighted-average fair value per share of options granted was estimated on the date of 

grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: 

Weighted Average Assumptions: 

Dividend Yield 
Expected Volatility 
Expected Term 
Risk-Free Interest Rate 

December 31, 

2007 

2006 

2005 

  1.87% 
23.80% 
  3.75 Yrs. 
  4.06% 

   1.89% 
 26.58% 
   4.25 Yrs. 
   4.70% 

  2.00% 
27.00% 
  6.5 Yrs. 
  4.46% 

Expected volatility is determined based on the historical daily volatility of a peer group of similar 

banks due to the short period that the bank’s stock has been publicly traded over a period equal to the 
expected term of the options granted. The expected term of the options represents the period of time that 
options granted are expected to be outstanding based primarily on the historical exercise behavior associated 
with previous option grants. The risk-free interest rate is based on the 5 year U.S. Treasury CMT at the time 
of grant for a period equal to the expected term of the options granted. 

The following information under the 2004 Plan is presented for the years ended December 31, 2007, 

2006 and 2005: 

Grant Date Fair Value of Options Granted 
Fair Value of Options Vested 
Total Intrinsic Value of Options Exercised 
Cash Received from Options Exercised 
Actual Tax Benefit Realized from Options Exercised 

2007 

  2,747
731
300
603
6

December 31, 
2006 
(In thousands) 

561 
  1,193 
124 
291 
4 

2005 

  3,942 
637 
  — 
  — 
  — 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

The following is a summary of the transactions under the 2004 Plan for the years ended December 31, 

2007, 2006 and 2005. 

2004 Plan 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2004 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2005 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2006 

Granted  
Exercised 
Forfeited or expired 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2007 

Number of 
Options 

— 
  489,750 
— 
(10,500) 
       479,250 
71,250 
(11,400) 
(15,150) 
       523,950 
  350,500 
(24,050) 
(28,200) 
       822,200 

  Weighted Average 

  $ 

Exercise Price 
— 
25.39 
— 
25.33 
25.39 
34.44 
25.54 
27.13 
26.37 
36.46 
25.66 
34.18 
30.55 

  $ 

As of December 31, 2007, stock options outstanding under the 2004 Plan were as follows: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Number of 
Outstanding 
Options 
   579,950 
    50,250 
    15,000 
   177,000 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$  26.16 
    31.92 
    35.91 
    43.50 

  Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
       7.75 
       8.15 
       8.55 
       9.15 

Number of 
Outstanding 
Options 
   240,250 
    10,050 
3,000 
— 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 
$  25.36 
    31.92 
    35.91 
         — 

  Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
        6.89 
        8.15 
        8.55 
          — 

Exercise Price Range 
$25.00 - $29.99 
$30.00 - $34.99 
$35.00 - $39.99 
$40.00 - $44.99 

(14)  Employee Benefit Plan 

Effective January 1, 1994, the Bank began a 401k profit sharing plan for its eligible 
employees. Under the plan, the Bank matches 50% of a participant’s contributions up to 6% of 
his/her salary subject to federal limitations on maximum contributions. Contributions made by the 
Bank for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 totaled $149,000, $138,000 and 
$129,000 respectively. 

 (15)  Bonus Plan 

In April 1994, the Management Incentive Bonus Plan was approved. In December 2007 this 

Plan was amended and approved by the Board of Directors. This amendment is being filed as 
Exhibit 98. The plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors 
(the Committee). The Committee determines which employees may participate in the plan, the total 
amount of bonus payable to our employees each year, the amount of bonus to be carried over and 
paid in subsequent years and the allocation of the total amounts among our chairman, officers, and 
other employees. All awards are contingent upon the Bank attaining certain financial objectives. 
Total expense of the plan recorded by the Bank was approximately $5,112,000, $6,610,000 and 
$5,335,000 for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, the total 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

bonus accrual included in the other liabilities amounted to $6,339,000 and $9,262,000 respectively. 
The amounts accrued are paid out within a three-year period subsequent to the year the bonus was 
granted. There is no vesting requirement to receive the bonus; however, employees must be 
employed with the Bank at the time the bonus is distributed.  

(16)  Deferred Compensation Arrangements 

In 1996, the Bank implemented deferred compensation arrangements for the Bank’s senior 
officers and directors. Pursuant to the Plan, each participant receives benefits for his/her deferred 
compensation upon his/her retirement or termination of service with the Bank prior to retirement. 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, liabilities recorded for deferred compensation plan totaled 
approximately $7,417,000 and $5,240,000, respectively. 

In order to economically fund its obligation under the deferred compensation arrangements, 
the Bank purchased a single-premium life insurance policy under which the executive officers and 
directors are the insured, while the Bank is the owner and beneficiary thereof. At December 31, 
2007 and 2006, the cash surrender value of the policies totaled $8,168,000 and $7,759,000, 
respectively. During 2007 and 2006, the income on the insurance policies was $343,000 and 
$334,000, respectively. 

(17)  Litigation 

From time to time, the Bank is a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary 

course of business. There are no pending legal proceedings or, to the best of management’s 
knowledge, threatened legal proceedings, to which the Bank is a party which may have a material 
adverse effect upon the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or business prospects. 

(18)  Stockholders’ Equity 

On January 25, 2007 Preferred Bank announced that its Board of Directors had declared a 3-

for-2 stock split to be paid in the form of a dividend. Each stockholder of record at the close of 
business on February 5, 2007 received one additional share of common stock for every two shares 
of common stock that they owned as of such date. The additional shares were distributed on 
February 20, 2007. A stockholder who would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share of 
common stock will receive in lieu thereof, cash in a proportional amount based on the closing price 
of the common stock on the Nasdaq Stock Exchange on the record date.  After giving effect to the 
stock split, we have retroactively adjusted the number of common shares outstanding at December 
31, 2006 and 2005 to 10,274,632 and 10,037,782, respectively. Accordingly, all references in the 
accompanying statements of financial condition, income and comprehensive income, statement of 
changes in shareholders’ equity, and footnotes to the number of common shares and earnings per 
share amounts have been retroactively adjusted for all periods presented.    

(19)  Earnings per Share 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

The following table summarizes the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations for the periods        

indicated:  

Net Earnings 
Weighted Average Basic Shares(1)
Effect of Dilutive Securities:
Dilutive Stock Options 

Weighted Average Diluted Shares(1)

Earnings per share(1): 

Basic
Diluted

2007 

2006 
(In thousands, except per share data) 
$ 
16,825 
  9,782,645 

$ 
  10,194,515 

23,351   

2005 

$ 
26,467 
  10,330,232 

250,717
   10,580,949 

361,767 

   10,556,282   

413,313
   10,195,958 

$           2.56
$           2.50

$           2.29 
$           2.21 

$           1.72
$           1.65

(1)   Adjusted to reflect February 2007, 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of a dividend. 

(20)  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The following tables summarize the quarterly unaudited financial data for 2007 and 2006:  

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

March 31 

June 30 

  September 30 

  December 31 

Three months ended 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Interest income before provision for credit losses 

Provision for credit losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income taxes 

Net income 

Earnings per share(1)

Basic 
Diluted 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

  $  26,514   
      10,280   

16,234 

  $  28,281   
      10,990   
17,291 

  $  29,233   
      11,526   

17,707 

600   
763 

650   
819 

     5,376   
      4,528   
  $  6,493   

     5,483   
      4,998   
  $  6,979   

  $ 

750   
753 
5,519   
5,031   
7,160   

  $  28,579 
      11,403 
17,176 
2,900 
755 
5,083 
4,113 
5,835 

  $ 

  $     0.63 
  $     0.61 

  $    0.67 
  $    0.65 

  $      0.69 
  $      0.67 

  $      0.57 
  $      0.57 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

Year Ended December 31, 2006 

March 31 

June 30 

  September 30 

  December 31 

Three months ended 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Interest income before provision for credit losses 

Provision for credit losses 
Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 
Income taxes 

Net income 

Earnings per share(1)

Basic 
Diluted 

(In thousands, except per share data) 

  $  19,274   
      6,037   

13,237 

  $  21,417   
      7,152   
14,265 

  $  23,654   
8,432   

15,222 

560   
798 

350   
809 

     4,825   
      3,530   
  $  5,119   

     5,017   
      4,187   
  $  5,520   

  $ 

350   
724 
5,127   
4,390   
6,078   

  $  25,877 
9,803 
16,074 
700 
736 
5,045 
4,431 
6,634 

  $ 

  $     0.51 
  $     0.49 

  $    0.54 
  $    0.52 

  $      0.59 
  $      0.57 

  $      0.65 
  $      0.62 

(1)   Adjusted to reflect February 2007, 3-for-2 stock split effected in the form of a dividend. 

 (21)   Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (SFAS No. 107), 

requires that an entity disclose the fair value of all financial instruments, as defined, regardless of 
whether recognized in the financial statements of the reporting entity. For purposes of determining 
fair value, SFAS No. 107 provides that the fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at 
which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other 
than in a forced or liquidation sale. 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of 

financial instruments. 

(a)  Cash Due from Banks, Federal Funds Sold and Securities Purchased under Resale 

Agreements 

For cash and short-term instruments whose original or purchased maturity is less than 90 

days, the carrying amount was assumed to be a reasonable estimate of fair value. 

(b)  Securities available-for-sale 

For securities available-for-sale, fair values were based on quoted market prices obtained 

from market quotes. If a quoted market price was not available, fair value was estimated 
using quoted market prices for similar securities. 

(c)  Loans 

Fair values were estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. 
Each loan category was further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by 
performing and nonperforming categories. 

The fair value of performing loans was calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows 
through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit 
and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
     
     
    
    
    
    
    
    
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

Fair value for nonperforming real estate loans was based on recent external appraisals of 
the underlying collateral of the loan. If appraisals were not available, estimated cash flows 
were discounted using a rate commensurate with the risk associated with the estimated cash 
flows. Assumptions regarding credit risk, cash flows, and discount rates were judgmentally 
determined using available market information and specific borrower information. 

(d)  Accrued Interest Receivable and Accrued Interest Payable 

The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable 

approximate its fair value due to their short-term nature. 

(e)  Deposits 

The fair value of demand deposits, saving accounts, and certain money market deposits 
were assumed to be the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of 
fixed maturity certificates of deposit was estimated using the rates currently offered for 
deposits with similar remaining maturities. 

(f) 

FHLB Borrowings 

The fair value of FHLB borrowings was based on rates currently offered for borrowings 

with similar remaining maturities. 

(g)  Commitment to Extend Credit and Letters of Credit 

The majority of our commitments to extend credit carry market interest rates if converted 
to loans. Because these commitments are generally unassignable by either the borrower or us, 
they only have value to the borrower and us. The estimated fair value is not material. The fair 
value of letters of credit was based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the 
estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at 
the reporting date. 

December 31, 2007 

Carrying 
amount 

Estimated 
fair value 

December 31, 2006 

Carrying 
amount 

Estimated 
fair value 

(In thousands) 

Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Securities available-for-sale 
Loans, net of allowance and net deferred loan fees 
Accrued interest receivable 

$   22,803 
  245,268 
  1,217,521
    10,165 

$   22,803 
  245,268 
 1,217,692 
    10,165 

$  130,578 
  198,689 
  985,322
    8,633 

$  130,578 
  198,689 
  984,842
    8,633 

Liabilities: 

Demand deposits and 

savings: 

Noninterest-bearing 
Interest-bearing 

Time deposits 
FHLB borrowings 

Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit 

Accrued interest payable 

$   230,083 
  230,618 
  792,409 
  111,000 
— 
5,493 

$  230,083 
  230,618 
  802,494 
  111,068 
354 
5,493 

$  224,982 
  224,105 
  712,257 
20,000 
— 
5,272 

$  224,982 
  224,105 
  719,878 
20,000 
233 
5,272 

The fair value estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from 

offering the instruments for sale. Potential taxes and other expenses that would be incurred in 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFERRED BANK 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements─(Continued) 

an actual sale or settlement are not reflected in amounts disclosed. The fair value estimates 
are dependent upon subjective estimates of market conditions and perceived risks of financial 
instruments at a point in time and involve significant uncertainties resulting in variability in 
estimates with changes in assumptions. 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Dated:  March 13, 2008 

PREFERRED BANK 
(Registrant) 

By   /s/  Li Yu                

Li Yu 
Chairman of the Board, President 
and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

/s/ Li Yu 
Li Yu 

/s/ Edward J. Czajka 
Edward J. Czajka 

 /s/ J. Richard Belliston 
J. Richard Belliston  

/s/ William C. Y. Cheng 
William C.Y. Cheng 

/s/ Clark Hsu 
Clark Hsu 

 /s/  Frank T. Lin 
Frank T. Lin  

/s/ Gary S. Nunnelly 
Gary S. Nunnelly  

/s/ Chih-Wei Wu 
Chih-Wei Wu  

/s/ Albert Yu 
Albert Yu, Ph.D.  

/s/ Jason C. Yuan 
Ambassador Jason C. Yuan  

March 13, 2008 

March 13, 2008 

March 13, 2008 

March 13, 2008 

March 13, 2008 

March 13, 2008 

March 13, 2008 

March 13, 2008 

March 13, 2008 

March 13, 2008 

Chairman of the Board,  
President, Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer 
(principal executive officer) 

Senior Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial and accounting officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

- 110 - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21.1 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT 

Preferred Bank Investment and Consulting, Inc. (PBICI) 

111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 24.1 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned, a director or an officer, or both of 

Preferred Bank, a California state-chartered bank (the “Bank”), does hereby make, constitute and appoint Li Yu, 
whose address is in care of the Bank, 601 S. Figueroa Street, 29th Floor, Los Angeles, California  90017, the true 
and lawful attorney for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and revocation to each for the undersigned, 
and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign in any and all capacities and to file or cause to be filed, 
an annual report on Form 10-K with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, pursuant to the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any and all amendments to such Form 10-K, hereby giving to such attorney 
full power to do everything whatsoever required or necessary to be accomplished in and about the premises as fully 
as the undersigned could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such attorney or 
substitutes shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has set his hand this 13th day of March, 2008. 

/s/ Li Yu 
Li Yu 

/s/ Edward J. Czajka 
Edward J. Czajka 

/s/ J. Richard Belliston 
J. Richard Belliston 

/s/ William C. Y. Cheng 
William C. Y. Cheng 

/s/ Clark Hsu 
Clark Hsu 

/s/ Frank T. Lin 
Frank T. Lin 

/s/ Gary S. Nunnelly 
Gary S. Nunnelly 

/s/ Chih-Wei Wu 
Chih-Wei Wu  

/s/ Albert Yu 
Albert Yu, Ph.D. 

/s/ Jason C. Yuan 
Ambassador Jason C. Yuan  

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 
13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a),  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Li Yu, certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Preferred Bank; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have: 

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of 
the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b) 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

113 

 
 
 
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 13, 2008 

/s/ Li Yu 
Li Yu 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 
13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a),  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

I, Edward J. Czajka, certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Preferred Bank; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such 
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, 
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the 
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure 
controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control 
over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and 
have:  

a) 

b) 

c) 

d) 

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in 
this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of 
the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that 
occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in 
the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially 
affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the 
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

a) 

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b) 

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

115 

 
 
 
significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 13, 2008 

/s/ Edward J. Czajka 
Edward  J. Czajka 
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer 

116 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Preferred Bank (the “Bank”) on Form 10-K for the period ending 
December 31, 2007 as filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Li 
Yu, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and 

(2) 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial 

condition and results of operations of the Bank. 

Date:  March 13, 2008 

/s/ Li Yu 
Li Yu 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating 
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within this version of this written 
statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Bank and will be retained by the Bank and furnished to 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or its staff upon request. 

117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,  
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In connection with the Annual Report of Preferred Bank (the “Bank”) on Form 10-K for the period ending 
December 31, 2007 as filed with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Li 
Yu, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and 

(2) 

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial 

condition and results of operations of the Bank. 

Date:  March 13, 2008 

/s/ Edward J. Czajka 
Edward J. Czajka 
Senior Vice President & Chief Financial Officer 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating 
acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within this version of this written 
statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Bank and will be retained by the Bank and furnished to 
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or its staff upon request. 

118